Owner's Manual

YF HMA FOREWORD.QXP 11/25/2009 1:34 PM Page 1

OWNER'S MANUAL

2011 SONATA

Operation Maintenance Specifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle. YF HMA FOREWORD.QXP 11/25/2009 1:34 PM Page 2

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

F2 YF HMA FOREWORD.QXP 11/25/2009 1:34 PM Page 3

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTION This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

✽ NOTICE This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

F3 YF HMA FOREWORD.QXP 11/25/2009 1:34 PM Page 4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-4 in the Vehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2009 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America.

F4 YF HMA FOREWORD.QXP 11/25/2009 1:34 PM Page 5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts In addition, any damage to or failure of 1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts? Hyundai Genuine Parts caused by the Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same installation or failure of an imitation, parts used by Hyundai Motor counterfeit or used salvage part is not Company to manufacture vehicles. covered by any Hyundai Warranty. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reli- 3. How can you tell if you are purchas- ability to our customers. ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts 2. Why should you use genuine parts? Logo on the package (see below). Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi- Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to neered and built to meet rigid manu- are packaged with labels written only facturing requirements. Using imita- in English. tion, counterfeit or used salvage parts Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold A100A03L is not covered under the Hyundai New through authorized Hyundai Dealerships. Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other Hyundai warranty.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

F5 YF HMA FOREWORD.QXP 11/25/2009 1:34 PM Page 7

Introduction 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4 table of contents Driving your vehicle 5 What to do in an emergency 6

Maintenance 7

Specifications, Consumer information, 8 Reporting safety defects Index I YF HMA 1.QXP 11/25/2009 3:47 PM Page 1

Introduction 1

How to use this manual / 1-2 Fuel requirements / 1-3 Vehicle break-in process / 1-5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / 1-6 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-7 YF HMA 1.QXP 11/25/2009 3:47 PM Page 2

Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest The general layout of the manual is pro- You will find various WARNINGS, CAU- possible driving pleasure from your vehi- vided in the Table of Contents. A good TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual. cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist you place to start is the index; it has an alpha- These WARNINGS were prepared to in many ways. We strongly recommend betical listing of all information in your enhance your personal safety.You should that you read the entire manual. In order manual. carefully read and follow ALL procedures to minimize the chance of death or injury, Sections: This manual has eight sections and recommendations provided in these you must read the WARNING and CAU- plus an index. Each section begins with a WARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES. TION sections in the manual. brief list of contents so you can tell at a Illustrations complement the words in this glance if that section has the information WARNING manual to best explain how to enjoy your you want. A WARNING indicates a situation in vehicle. By reading your manual, you will which harm, serious bodily injury or learn about features, important safety death could result if the warning is information, and driving tips under vari- ignored. ous road conditions.

CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored.

✽ NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided.

1 2 YF HMA 1.QXP 11/25/2009 3:47 PM Page 3

Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new vehicle is designed to use only Gasoline containing alcohol and unleaded fuel having a pump octane WARNING methanol number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research • Do not "top off" after the nozzle Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and Octane Number 91) or higher. automatically shuts off when ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), refueling. and gasoline or gasohol containing Your new vehicle is designed to obtain • Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth- methanol (also known as wood alcohol) maximum performance with UNLEADED erwise the Malfunction Indicator are being marketed along with or instead FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis- Light “ ” will illuminate. of leaded or unleaded gasoline. sions and spark plug fouling. • Always check that the fuel cap is Do not use gasohol containing more than installed securely to prevent fuel 10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or spillage in the event of an acci- gasohol containing any methanol. Either CAUTION dent. of these fuels may cause drivability prob- Never add any fuel system cleaning lems and damage to the fuel system. agents to the fuel tank other than Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if what has been specified. (Consult drivability problems occur. an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for Vehicle damage or drivability problems details.) may not be covered by the manufacturer’s warranty if they result from the use of: 1. Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol. 2. Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol. 3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

13 YF HMA 1.QXP 11/25/2009 3:47 PM Page 4

Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- Use of MTBE Do not use methanol prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per- HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels Fuels containing methanol (wood alco- cent gasoline, and is manufactured containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl hol) should not be used in your vehicle. exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per- Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible with 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. formance and damage components of your vehicle. Use of “E85” may result in Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. the fuel system. poor engine performance and damage to (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may your vehicle's engine and fuel system. reduce vehicle performance and produce Gasolines for cleaner air HYUNDAI recommends that customers vapor lock or hard starting. do not use fuel with an ethanol content To help contribute to cleaner air, exceeding 10 percent. HYUNDAI recommends that you use gasolines treated with detergent addi- CAUTION tives, which help prevent deposit forma- CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty tion in the engine. These gasolines will may not cover damage to the fuel help the engine run cleaner and enhance Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty system and any performance prob- does not cover damage to the fuel performance of the Emission Control lems that are caused by the use of System. system or any performance prob- fuels containing methanol or fuels lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel. containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. Operation in foreign countries (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to: CAUTION • Observe all regulations regarding reg- Never use gasohol which contains istration and insurance. methanol. Discontinue use of any • Determine that acceptable fuel is avail- gasohol product which impairs dri- able. vability.

1 4 YF HMA 1.QXP 11/25/2009 3:47 PM Page 5

Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the CALIFORNIA PROPOSI- first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to TION 65 WARNING the performance, economy and life of Items contained in motor vehicles your vehicle. or emitted from them are known to • Do not race the engine. the State of California to cause can- • While driving, keep your engine speed cer and birth defects or reproduc- (rpm, or revolutions per minute) tive harm. These include: between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm. • Gasoline and its vapors • Do not maintain a single speed for long • Engine exhaust periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to • Used engine oil properly break-in the engine. • Interior passenger compartment • Avoid hard stops, except in emergen- components and materials cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop- • Component parts which are sub- erly. ject to heat and wear • Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 In addition, battery posts, terminals minutes at one time. and related accessories contain • Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 lead, lead compounds and other miles (2,000 km) of operation. chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

15 YF HMA 1.QXP 11/25/2009 3:47 PM Page 6

Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an event These data can help provide a better To read data recorded by an EDR, spe- data recorder (EDR). The main pur- understanding of the circumstances cial equipment is required, and pose of an EDR is to record, in certain in which crashes and injuries occur. access to the vehicle or the EDR is crash or near crash-like situations, NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your needed. such as an air bag deployment or hit- vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situa- In addition to the vehicle manufacture, ting a road obstacle, data that will tion occurs; no data are recorded by other parties, such as law enforce- assist in understanding how a vehi- the EDR under normal driving condi- ment, that have the special equip- cle's systems performed. The EDR is tions and no personal data (e.g., ment, can read the information if they designed to record data related to name, gender, age, and crash loca- have access to the vehicle or the EDR. vehicle dynamics and safety systems tion) are recorded. However, other for a short period of time, typically 30 parties, such as law enforcement, seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi- could combine the EDR data with the cle is designed to record such data type of personally identifying data as: routinely acquired during a crash * How various systems in your vehicle investigation. were operating: * Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; * How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, * How fast the vehicle was traveling.

1 6 YF HMA 1.QXP 11/25/2009 3:48 PM Page 7

Introduction

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Seat belt warning light Charging system warning light Trunk ajar warning light

High beam indicator Malfunction indicator light Tail light indicator

Low tire pressure telltale Turn signal indicator Air bag warning light (TPMS malfunction indicator)

ESC indicator Cruise indicator ECO ECO indicator (if equipped) (ES# malfunction indicator)

Automatic transaxle shift ESC OFF indicator Cruise SET indicator indicator (if equipped)

Manual transaxle shift ABS warning light Immobilizer indicator indicator (if equipped)

Parking brake & Brake fluid Electric power steering (EPS) Low fuel level warning light EPS warning light system warning light (if equipped)

Front fog light indicator Door open position indicator Engine oil pressure warning light (if equipped) (if equipped)

* For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

17 YF HMA 2.QXP 11/25/2009 3:38 PM Page 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Interior overview / 2-2 Instrument panel overview / 2-3 Engine compartment / 2-4 YF HMA 2.QXP 11/25/2009 3:39 PM Page 2

Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ...... 4-19 2. Outside rearview mirror control switch...... 4-44 3. Central door lock switch...... 4-19 4. Power window lock switch...... 4-27 5. Power window switches ...... 4-24 6. Hood release lever...... 4-28 7. Parking brake* ...... 5-22 8. Instrument panel illumination control switch ...... 4-47 9. ESC OFF button ...... 5-26 10. Fuel filler lid release button...... 4-29 11. Trunk lid release switch...... 4-22 12. Fuse box ...... 7-49 13. Brake pedal...... 5-26 14. Accelerator pedal ...... 5-6, 5-9 15. Steering wheel...... 4-35 16. Steering wheel manual tilt control*...4-36 * : if equipped

OYF019001N

2 2 YF HMA 2.QXP 11/25/2009 3:40 PM Page 3

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster...... 4-46 2. Light control/Turn signals ...... 4-69 3. Audio controls ...... 4-104 4. Horn ...... 4-36 5. Driver’s front air bag...... 3-49 6. Wiper/Washer...... 4-73 7. Ignition switch* ...... 5-4 8. Engine start/stop button*...... 5-7 9. Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 4-68, 6-2 10. Audio*...... 4-104 11. Climate control system...... 4-79 12. Shift lever ...... 5-11, 5-14 13. AUX, USB, iPod...... 4-103 14. Power outlet ...... 4-101 15. Passenger’s front air bag ...... 3-49 16. Glove box ...... 4-98 * : if equipped

OYF019002N

23 YF HMA 2.QXP 11/25/2009 3:41 PM Page 4

Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir...... 7-23 2. Engine oil filler cap ...... 7-21 3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...... 7-25 4. Air cleaner...... 7-28 5. Fuse box ...... 7-49 6. Positive battery terminal ...... 7-33 7. Negative battery terminal...... 7-33 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-26 9. Radiator cap ...... 7-24 10. Engine oil dipstick ...... 7-21 * : if equipped

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OYF079060

2 4 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:46 PM Page 1

Seats / 3-2 Seat belts / 3-17 Child restraint system / 3-29 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-37

Safety features of your vehicle 3 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:46 PM Page 2

Safety features of your vehicle

SEATS Driver’s seat Type B Type A (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height (4) Lumbar support* (5) Seat warmer* (6) Headrest Type A Front passenger’s seat (7) Forward and backward (8) Seatback angle* (9) Seat warmer* Type B (10) Headrest

Rear seat (11) Headrest (12) Seatback folding knob (13) Armrest (14) Seat warmer*

*: if equipped

OYF039001N

3 2 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:47 PM Page 3

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose objects WARNING - Driver respon- WARNING - Driver’s seat Loose objects in the driver’s foot sibility for passengers • Never attempt to adjust the seat area could interfere with the opera- Riding in a vehicle with the seat- while the vehicle is moving. This tion of the foot pedals, possibly back reclined could lead to serious could result in loss of control, causing an accident. Do not place or fatal injury in an accident. If a and an accident causing death, anything under the front seats. seat is reclined during an accident, serious injury, or property dam- the occupant’s hips may slide age. under the lap portion of the seat • Do not allow anything to interfere WARNING - Uprighting belt, applying great force to the with the normal position of the seat unprotected abdomen. Serious or seatback. Storing items against a fatal internal injuries could result. seatback or in any other way When you return the seatback to its The driver must advise the passen- interfering with proper locking of upright position, hold the seatback ger to keep the seatback in an a seatback could result in serious and return it slowly and be sure upright position whenever the vehi- or fatal injury in a sudden stop or there are no other occupants cle is in motion. collision. around the seat. If the seatback is returned without being held and • Always drive and ride with your controlled, the back of the seat seatback upright and the lap por- could spring forward resulting in tion of the seat belt snug and low accidental injury to a person struck across the hips. This is the best by the seatback. position to protect you in case of an accident. • In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries, always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle. We recommend that your chest be at least 10 inches (250 mm) away from the steering wheel.

33 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:47 PM Page 4

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) WARNING - Rear seatbacks • When resetting the seatback to the upright position, make sure it • The rear seatback must be is securely latched by pushing it securely latched. If not, passen- forward and rearwards. gers and objects could be thrown • To avoid the possibility of burns, forward resulting in serious do not remove the carpet in the injury or death in the event of a cargo area. Emission control sudden stop or collision. devices beneath this floor gener- • Luggage and other cargo should ate high temperatures. be laid flat in the cargo area. If objects are large, heavy, or must be piled, they must be secured. OYF039002 Under no circumstances should WARNING Front seat cargo be piled higher than the After adjusting the seat, always Manual adjustment seatbacks. Failure to follow these check that it is securely locked into Forward and rearward warnings could result in serious place by attempting to move the To move the seat forward or rearward: injury or death in the event of a seat forward or reverse without sudden stop, collision or rollover. using the lock release lever. 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up • No passenger should ride in the Sudden or unexpected movement and hold it. cargo area or sit or lie on folded of the driver's seat could cause you 2. Slide the seat to the position you seatbacks while the vehicle is to lose control of the vehicle result- desire. moving. All passengers must be ing in an accident. 3. Release the lever and make sure the properly seated in seats and seat is locked in place. restrained properly while riding. Adjust the seat before driving, and make (Continued) sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

3 4 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:48 PM Page 5

Safety features of your vehicle

Automatic adjustment (if equipped) The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switch located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so as to easily control the steering wheel, pedals and switches on the instrument panel.

WARNING The power seat is operable with the ignition OFF. OYF039003 OYF039004 Therefore, children should never be Seatback angle Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat) left unattended in the vehicle. To recline the seatback: To change the height of the seat cushion, 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the push the lever upwards or downwards. seatback recline lever. • To lower the seat cushion, push the 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and lever down several times. adjust the seatback of the seat to the • To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever position you desire. up several times. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)

35 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:49 PM Page 6

Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION • The power seat is driven by an electric motor. Stop operating once the adjustment is completed. Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment. • When in operation, the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, don’t adjust the power seat longer than necessary while the OYF039005 OYF039007 engine is not running. Forward and rearward Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat) • Do not operate two or more power Push the control switch forward or rear- Pull the front portion of the control switch seat control switches at the same ward to move the seat to the desired up to raise or push down to lower the time. Doing so may result in position. Release the switch once the front part of the seat cushion. Pull the power seat motor or electrical seat reaches the desired position. rear portion of the control switch up to component malfunction. raise or push down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

3 6 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:50 PM Page 7

Safety features of your vehicle

OYF039006 OYF039008 OMG038400 Seatback angle (if equipped) Lumbar support (for driver’s seat) Headrest Push the upper part of the switch forward (if equipped) The driver's and front passenger's seats or rearward to move the seatback to the The lumbar support can be adjusted by are equipped with a headrest for the desired angle. Release the switch once pressing the lumbar support switch on occupant's safety and comfort. the seat reaches the desired position. the side of the drivers seat. Press the The headrest not only provides comfort front portion of the switch to increase for the driver and front passenger, but support, or the rear portion of the switch, also helps to protect the head and neck to decrease support. in the event of a collision.

37 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:50 PM Page 8

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this OYF039010 OYF039012 reason, the use of a cushion that Adjusting the height up and down Removal holds the body away from the To raise the headrest, pull it up to the To remove the headrest, raise it as far as seatback is not recommended. desired position (1). To lower the head- it can go then press the release button (1) • Do not operate the vehicle with rest, push and hold the release button (2) while pulling upward (2). the headrests removed as severe on the headrest support and lower the To reinstall the headrest, put the head- injury to the occupants may headrest to the desired position (3). rest poles (3) into the holes while press- occur in the event of an accident. ing the release button (1). Then adjust it Headrests may provide protec- to the appropriate height. tion against neck injuries when properly adjusted. • Do not adjust the headrest posi- WARNING tion of the driver's seat while the Make sure the headrest locks in vehicle is in motion. position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants.

3 8 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:51 PM Page 9

Safety features of your vehicle

Type A During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the "OFF" position. • The temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows :

Switch position LO Center HI

Temperature LOW OFF HIGH OYF039013N Type B HNF2041-1 ✽ NOTICE Active headrest (if equipped) With the seat warmer switch in the LO The active headrest is designed to move or HI position, the heating system in the forward and upward during a rear impact. seat turns off or on automatically This helps to prevent the driver's and depending on the seat temperature. front passenger’s head from moving rearward and thus helps prevent neck injuries.

OYF039014 Seat warmer (if equipped) The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather. With the ignition switch in the ON position, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.

39 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:51 PM Page 10

Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING - Seat warmer • When cleaning the seats, do not burns use an organic solvent such as Passengers should use extreme thinner, benzene, alcohol and caution when using seat warmers gasoline. Doing so may damage due to the possibility of excess the surface of the heater or seats. heating or burns. The occupants • To prevent overheating the seat must be able to feel if the seat is warmer, do not place blankets, becoming too warm and to turn the cushions or seat covers on the seat warmer off. In particular, the seats while the seat warmer is in driver must exercise extreme care operation. for the following types of passen- • Do not place heavy or sharp gers: OYF039015 objects on seats equipped with 1. Infants, children, elderly or dis- Seatback pocket seat warmers. Damage to the seat abled persons, or hospital outpa- The seatback pocket is provided on the warming components could occur. tients back of the front passenger’s and driver’s 2. Persons with sensitive skin or seatbacks. those that burn easily 3. Fatigued individuals 4. Intoxicated individuals WARNING - Seatback pockets 5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or Do not put heavy or sharp objects sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold in the seatback pockets. In an acci- tablets, etc.) dent they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occupants.

3 10 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:52 PM Page 11

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING For proper operation of the occu- • For maximum effectiveness in pant classification system: case of an accident, the headrest • Do not place any items cumula- should be adjusted so the middle tively weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) of the headrest is at the same in the seatback pocket or on the height of the center of gravity of seat. an occupant's head. Generally, • Do not hang onto the front pas- the center of gravity of most peo- senger seat. ple's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes. Also adjust the headrest as close ONF039401 to your head as possible. For this Rear seat reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the Headrest seatback is not recommended. The rear seat(s) is equipped with head- • Do not operate the vehicle with rests in all the seating positions for the the headrests removed as severe occupant's safety and comfort. injury to an occupant may occur The headrest not only provides comfort in the event of an accident. for passengers, but also helps to protect Headrests may provide protec- the head and neck in the event of a colli- tion against severe neck injuries sion. when properly adjusted.

311 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:53 PM Page 12

Safety features of your vehicle

OYF039047 OYF039048 OYF039018 Adjusting the height up and down Removal Seat warmer (if equipped) To raise the headrest, pull it up (1). To To remove the headrest, raise it as far as The seat warmer is provided to warm the lower the headrest, push and hold the it can go then press the release button rear seats during cold weather. With the release button (2) on the headrest sup- (1) while pulling upward (2). ignition switch in the ON position, push port and lower the headrest (3). To reinstall the headrest, put the head- either switch to warm the seat. rest poles (3) into the holes while press- During mild weather or under conditions ing the release button (1). Then adjust it where the operation of the seat warmer to the appropriate height. is not needed, keep the switches in the "OFF" position. WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in ✽ NOTICE position after adjusting it to proper- With the seat warmer switch in ON ly protect the occupants. position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.

3 12 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:53 PM Page 13

Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING - Seat warmer • When cleaning the seats, do not burns use an organic solvent such as Passengers should use extreme thinner, benzene, alcohol or gaso- caution when using seat warmers line. Doing so may damage the due to the possibility of excess surface of the heater or seats. heating or burns. In particular, the • To prevent overheating the seat driver must exercise extreme care warmer, do not place blankets, for the following types of passen- cushions or seat covers on the gers: seats while the seat warmer is in 1. Infants, children, elderly or hand- operation. icapped persons, or hospital out- • Do not place heavy or sharp patients OYF039019N objects on seats equipped with 2. Persons with sensitive skin or Armrest seat warmers. Damage to the seat those that burn easily The armrest is located in the center of warming components could occur. 3. Fatigued individuals the rear seat. Pull the armrest down and 4. Intoxicated individuals you will find the cup holders. 5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.)

313 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:54 PM Page 14

Safety features of your vehicle

Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rear seatbacks is to allow you to carry longer objects that could not be accommodated in the cargo area. Never allow passengers sit on top of the folded down seatback while OYF039021N OYF039061N the vehicle is moving. This is not a To fold down the rear seatback: 2. Make sure the rear seat belt webbing proper seating position and no seat 1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the is in the guide to prevent the seat belt belts are available for use. pocket (if equipped) between the rear from being damaged. This could result in serious injury seatback and cushion. 3. Set the front seatback to the upright or death in case of an accident or position and if necessary, slide the sudden stop. Objects carried on the front seat forward. folded down seatback should not 4.Lower the rear headrests to the lowest extend higher than the top of the position. front seatbacks. Doing this could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

3 14 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:54 PM Page 15

Safety features of your vehicle

6. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback rearward by pulling on the WARNING folding lever. Pull the seatback firmly When you return the rear seatback until it clicks into place. Make sure the to its upright position after being seatback is locked in place. folded down: When you return the seatback to its Be careful not to damage the seat upright position, always be sure it has belt webbing or buckle. Do not locked into position by pushing on the allow the seat belt webbing or top of the seatback. buckle to get caught or pinched in 7. Return the rear seat belt to the proper the rear seat. Ensure that the seat- OYF039052N position. back is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. Otherwise, in an accident or sudden stop, the seat could fold down and allow cargo to enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING - Uprighting seat OYF039051N When you return the seatback to its 5.Pull on the seatback folding lever locat- upright position, hold the seatback ed in the trunk, then fold the seat and return it slowly. If the seatback toward the front of the vehicle. is returned without holding it, the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in injury caused by being struck by the seatback.

315 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:54 PM Page 16

Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION - Damaging rear WARNING - Cargo seat belt buckles Cargo should always be secured to When you fold the rear seatback, prevent it from being thrown about insert the buckle in the pocket the vehicle in a collision and caus- between the rear seatback and ing injury to the vehicle occupants. cushion. Doing so can prevent the Do not place objects in the rear buckle from being damaged by the seats, since they cannot be proper- rear seatback. ly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision.

CAUTION - Rear seat belts When returning the rear seatbacks WARNING - Cargo loading to the upright position, remember Make sure the engine is off, the to return the rear shoulder belts to automatic transaxle is in P (Park) their proper position. Routing the and the parking brake is securely seat belt webbing through the rear applied whenever loading or seat belt guides will help keep the unloading cargo. Failure to take belts from being trapped behind or these steps may allow the vehicle under the seats. to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.

3 16 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:55 PM Page 17

Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS

Seat belt restraint system (Continued) (Continued) • Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. Care should be taken to avoid con- WARNING A twisted belt can't do its job as tamination of the webbing with pol- • For maximum restraint system well. In a collision, it could even ishes, oils and chemicals and par- protection, the seat belts must cut into you. Be sure the belt ticularly battery acid. Cleaning may always be used whenever the car webbing is straight and not twist- safely be carried out using mild is moving. ed. soap and water. The belt should be • Seat belts are most effective • Be careful not to damage the belt replaced if webbing becomes when seatbacks are in the webbing or hardware. If the belt frayed, contaminated or damaged. upright position. webbing or hardware is dam- It is essential to replace the entire • Children age 12 and younger aged, replace it. assembly after it has been worn in must always be properly a severe impact even if damage to restrained in the rear seat. Never the assembly is not obvious. Belts should not be worn with straps allow children to ride in the front WARNING passenger seat. If a child over 12 twisted. Each seat belt assembly must be seated in the front seat, Seat belts are designed to bear must only be used by one occu- he/she must be properly belted upon the bony structure of the pant; it is dangerous to put a belt and the seat should be moved as body, and should be worn low around a child being carried on the far back as possible. across the front of the pelvis, chest occupant's lap. and shoulders, as applicable; wear- • Never wear the shoulder belt ing the lap section of the belt under your arm or behind your across the abdominal area must be back. An improperly positioned avoided. WARNING shoulder belt can cause serious No modifications or additions injuries in a crash. The shoulder Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible, consistent with should be made by the user which belt should be positioned midway will either prevent the seat belt over your shoulder across your comfort, to provide the protection for which they have been designed. adjusting devices from operating to collarbone. remove slack, or prevent the seat (Continued) A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the occu- belt assembly from being adjusted pant. to remove slack. (Continued)

317 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:55 PM Page 18

Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern Type A Vehicle Chime- Seat Belt Light-Blink Speed Sound Unbuckled 6 seconds Buckled 6 seconds None Below 3 mph 6 seconds None (5 km/h) Buckled → 3 mph~ 6 seconds Unbuckled 6 mph Above 6 mph 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off OYF039060N Type B 1GQA2083 (10 km/h) (11 times) Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat) Above 6 mph The driver's seat belt warning light and (10 km/h) 6 seconds *1 chime will activate to the following table Unbuckled ↓ ↓ when the ignition switch is in "ON" posi- Below 3 mph Stop *2 tion. (5 km/h)

*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's seat belt is buckled, the light will stop OYF039054N within 6 seconds and chime will stop Seat belt warning (for front passen- immediately. ger’s seat) *2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and The front passenger's seat belt warning chime will stop immediately. light will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is in "ON" position.

3 18 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:55 PM Page 19

Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern ✽ NOTICE Vehicle • You can find the front passenger's seat Seat Belt Light-Blink Speed belt warning light on the center fascia Unbuckled 6 seconds panel. • Although the front passenger seat is Above 6mph Unbuckled Continuously not occupied, the seat belt warning (10 km/h) light will blink for 6 seconds. Buckled 6 seconds • The seat belt warning light can blink Above 6mph when a briefcase or purse is placed on Continuously *1 Buckled → (10 km/h) the front passenger seat. Unbuckled Below 6mph None (10 km/h) B180A01NF-1 Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system 1 * The seat belt warning light will go off if with emergency locking retractor the vehicle speed decreases below 3 To fasten your seat belt: mph (5 km/h). If the vehicle speed increases above 3 mph (5 km/h), the To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the warning light will blink again. retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and let you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

319 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:55 PM Page 20

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while press- WARNING ing the height adjuster button (2). • Verify the shoulder belt anchor is Release the button to lock the anchor locked into position at the appro- into position. Try sliding the height priate height. Never position the adjuster to make sure that it has locked shoulder belt across your neck or into position. face. Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident. • Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not OHD036019 provide protection in the event of Height adjustment another collision leading to per- You can adjust the height of the shoulder sonal injury or death. Replace belt anchor to one of 4 positions for max- your seat belts after being in an imum comfort and safety. accident as soon as possible. The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too near your neck. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck. To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position.

3 20 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:55 PM Page 21

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts - Front passenger and rear When the seat belt is fully extended from seat 3-point system with combination the retractor to allow the installation of a locking retractor child restraint system, the seat belt oper- To fasten your seat belt: ation changes to allow the belt to retract, Combination retractor type seat belts are but not to extend (Automatic Locking installed in the rear seat positions to help Retractor Type). Refer to “Using a child accommodate the installation of child restraint system” in this section. restraint systems. Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front ✽ NOTICE passenger seat position, it is strongly Although the combination retractor recommended that children always be provides the same level of protection for seated in the rear seat. NEVER place seated passengers in either emergency B200A02NF any infant restraint system in the front or automatic locking modes, it is recom- seat of the vehicle. mended that seated passengers use the This type of seat belt combines the fea- emergency locking feature for improved WARNING tures of both an emergency locking convenience. The automatic locking You should place the lap belt por- retractor seat belt and an automatic lock- function is intended to facilitate child tion as low as possible and snugly ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seat restraint installation. To convert from across your hips, not on your waist. belt, pull it out of the retractor and insert the automatic locking feature to the If the lap belt is located too high on the metal tab into the buckle. There will emergency locking operation mode, your waist, it may increase the be an audible "click" when the tab locks allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully chance of injury in the event of a into the buckle. When not securing a retract. collision. Both arms should not be child restraint, the seat belt operates in under or over the belt. Rather, one the same way as the driver's seat belt should be over and the other under, (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It as shown in the illustration. automatically adjusts to the proper length Never wear the seat belt under the only after the lap belt portion of the seat arm nearest the door. belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips.

321 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:56 PM Page 22

Safety features of your vehicle

OYF039022N B210A01NF-1 OYF039021N When using the rear center seat belt, the To release the seat belt: Stowing the rear seat belt buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be The seat belt is released by pressing the The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed used. release button (1) in the locking buckle. in the pocket between the rear seatback When it is released, the belt should auto- and cushion when not in use. matically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.

3 22 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:56 PM Page 23

Safety features of your vehicle

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions (or side collisions), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body. If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner activates, the load limiter inside the pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the OED030300 affected seat belt. OBH038100 Pre-tensioner seat belt The seat belt pre-tensioner system con- ✽ Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and NOTICE sists mainly of the following components. front passenger's pre-tensioner seat The pre-tensioner will activate not only Their locations are shown in the illustra- belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is in a frontal collision but also in a side tion: to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly collision, if the vehicle is equipped with 1. SRS air bag warning light against the occupant's body in certain a side or curtain air bag. 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly frontal collisions (or side collisions). The 3. SRS control module pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision (or WARNING side collisions) is severe enough. Do not put anything near the buckle. Placing objects near the buckle can adversely affect the buckle pre- tensioner and may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision.

323 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:56 PM Page 24

Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING • Both the driver's and front passen- CAUTION To obtain maximum benefit from a ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not pre-tensioner seat belt: activated in certain frontal collisions working properly, this warning light 1. The seat belt must be worn cor- (or side collisions). will illuminate even if there is no rectly and adjusted to the proper The pre-tensioners will not be activat- malfunction of the SRS air bag. If position. Please read and follow ed if the seat belts are not being worn the SRS air bag warning light does all of the important information at the time of the collision. not illuminate when the ignition and precautions about your vehi- • When the pre-tensioner seat belts are switch is turned ON, or if it remains cle’s occupant safety features – activated, a loud noise may be heard illuminated after illuminating for including seat belts and air bags and fine dust, which may appear to be approximately 6 seconds, or if it – that are provided in this manu- smoke, may be visible in the passenger illuminates while the vehicle is al. compartment. These are normal oper- being driven, have an authorized 2. Be sure you and your passen- ating conditions and are not haz- HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre- gers always wear seat belts prop- ardous. tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag erly. • Although it is harmless, the fine dust system as soon as possible. may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated. • Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre- tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position, and then it should turn off.

3 24 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:56 PM Page 25

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt precautions WARNING (Continued) • Always wear the seat belts when • Pre-tensioners are designed to driving or riding in a motor vehi- WARNING operate only one time. After acti- cle. vation, pre-tensioner seat belts All occupants of the vehicle must must be replaced. All seat belts, • If the vehicle or pre-tensioner wear their seat belts at all times. of any type, should always be seat belt must be discarded, con- Seat belts and child restraints replaced after they have been tact an authorized HYUNDAI deal- reduce the risk of serious or fatal worn during a collision. er. injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop. • The pre-tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become Without a seat belt, occupants hot during activation. Do not could be shifted too close to a touch the pre-tensioner seat belt deploying air bag, strike the interior assemblies for several minutes structure or be thrown from the after they have been activated. vehicle. Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards. • Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre-tensioner seat Even with advanced air bags, belts yourself. This must be done unbelted occupants can be severe- by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ly injured by a deploying air bag. • Do not strike the pre-tensioner Always follow the precautions seat belt assemblies. about seat belts, air bags and occupant seating contained in this man- • Improper handling of the pre-ten- ual. sioner seat belt assemblies, and failure to heed the warnings not to strike, modify, inspect, replace, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadvertent activation and serious injury. (Continued)

325 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:56 PM Page 26

Safety features of your vehicle

Infant or small child ✽ NOTICE Larger children All 50 states have child restraint laws.You Small children are best protected from Children who are too large for child should be aware of the specific require- injury in an accident when properly restraint systems should always occupy ments in your state. Child and/or infant restrained in the rear seat by a child the rear seat and use the available seats must be properly placed and restraint system that meets the require- lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion should installed in the rear seat. For more infor- ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle be fastened snug on the hips and as low mation about the use of these restraints, Safety Standards. Before buying any as possible. Check belt fit periodically. A refer to “Child restraint system” in this child restraint system, make sure that it child's squirming could put the belt out of section. has a label certifying that it meets position. Children are afforded the most Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint WARNING 213. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. system in the rear seat. If a larger child Every person in your vehicle needs Check the label on the child restraint for (over age 12) must be seated in the front to be properly restrained at all this information. Refer to “Child seat, the child should be securely times, including infants and chil- restraint system” in this section. restrained by the available lap/shoulder dren. Never hold a child in your belt and the seat should be placed in the arms or lap when riding in a vehi- rearmost position. Children age 12 and cle. The violent forces created dur- under should be restrained securely in ing a crash will tear the child from the rear seat. NEVER place a child age your arms and throw the child 12 and under in the front seat. NEVER against the interior. Always use a place a rear facing child seat in the front child restraint appropriate for your seat of a vehicle. child's height and weight.

3 26 YF HMA 3.qxp 1/12/2010 5:41 PM Page 27

Safety features of your vehicle

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch- Pregnant women One person per belt es the child’s neck or face, try placing the The use of a seat belt is recommended Two people (including children) should child closer to the center of the vehicle. If for pregnant women to lessen the chance never attempt to use a single seat belt. the shoulder belt still touches their face of injury in an accident. When a seat belt This could increase the severity of or neck they need to be returned to a is used, the lap belt portion should be injuries in case of an accident. child restraint system. placed as low and snugly as possible on the hips, not across the abdomen. For Do not lie down specific recommendations, consult a To reduce the chance of injuries in the WARNING - Shoulder belts physician. on small children event of an accident and to achieve max- • Never allow a shoulder belt to be imum effectiveness of the restraint sys- in contact with a child’s neck or WARNING - Pregnant tem, all passengers should be sitting up face while the vehicle is in women and the front and rear seats should be in motion. an upright position when the car is mov- Pregnant women must never place ing. A seat belt cannot provide proper • If seat belts are not properly worn the lap portion of the safety belt protection if the person is lying down in and adjusted on children, there is over the area of the abdomen the rear seat or if the front and rear seats a risk of death or serious injury. where the unborn child is located are in a reclined position. or above the abdomen where the belt could seriously injure or even cause the death of the unborn child during an impact.

Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. When this is necessary, you should consult a physician for recommendations.

327 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:56 PM Page 28

Safety features of your vehicle

Care of seat belts Periodic inspection WARNING Seat belt systems should never be disas- All seat belts should be inspected peri- Riding with a reclined seatback sembled or modified. In addition, care odically for wear or damage of any kind. increases your chance of serious should be taken to assure that seat belts Any damaged parts should be replaced or fatal injuries in the event of a col- and belt hardware are not damaged by as soon as possible. lision or sudden stop. The protec- seat hinges, doors or other abuse. tion of your restraint system (seat Keep belts clean and dry belts and air bags) is greatly Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. reduced by reclining your seat. WARNING When you return the rear seatback If belts become dirty, they can be Seat belts must be snug against cleaned by using a mild soap solution your hips and chest to work proper- to its upright position after the rear seatback was folded down, be care- and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong ly. The more the seatback is detergents or abrasives should not be reclined, the greater the chance ful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle. Be sure that the used because they may damage and that an occupant's hips will slide weaken the fabric. under the lap belt causing serious webbing or buckle does not get internal injuries or the occupant's caught or pinched in the rear seat. neck could strike the shoulder belt. A seat belt with damaged webbing When to replace seat belts Drivers and passengers should or buckle will not be as strong and Entire in-use seat belt assembly or always sit well back in their seats, could possibly fail during a colli- assemblies should be replaced if the properly belted, and with the seat- sion or sudden stop, resulting in vehicle has been involved in an accident. backs upright. serious injury. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3 28 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:56 PM Page 29

Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly WARNING WARNING restrained to minimize the risk of injury in • A child restraint system must be To reduce the chance of serious or an accident, sudden stop or sudden placed in the rear seat. Never fatal injuries: maneuver. According to accident statis- install a child or infant seat on the • Children of all ages are safer tics, children are safer when properly front passenger's seat. Should an when restrained in the rear seat. restrained in the rear seats than in the accident occur and cause the A child riding in the front passen- front seat. Larger children not in a child passenger-side air bag to deploy, ger seat can be forcefully struck restraint should use one of the seat belts it could severely injure or kill an by an inflating air bag resulting in provided. infant or child seated in an infant serious or fatal injuries. You should be aware of the specific or child seat. Thus only use a • Always follow the child restraint requirements in your state. Child and/or child restraint in the rear seat of system manufacturer’s instruc- infant safety seats must be properly your vehicle. tions for installation and use of placed and installed in the rear seat. You • A seat belt or child restraint sys- the child restraint. must use a commercially available child tem can become very hot if it is restraint system that meets the require- • Always make sure the child seat left in a closed vehicle on a sunny is secured properly in the car and ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety day, even if the outside tempera- Standards (FMVSS). your child is securely restrained ture does not feel hot. Be sure to in the child seat. Child restraint systems are designed to be check the seat cover and buckles secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the • Never hold a child in your arms or before placing a child there. lap when riding in a vehicle. The lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or • When the child restraint system by a LATCH system (if equipped). violent forces created during a is not in use, store it in the lug- crash will tear the child from your Children could be injured or killed in a gage area or fasten it with a seat arms and throw the child against crash if their restraints are not properly belt so that it will not be thrown the car’s interior. secured. For small children and babies, a forward in the case of a sudden child seat or infant seat must be used. • Never put a seat belt over your- stop or an accident. self and a child. During a crash, Before buying a particular child restraint • Children may be seriously injured system, make sure it fits your car seat the belt could press deep into the or killed by an inflating air bag. child causing serious internal and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow All children, even those too large all the instructions provided by the man- injuries. for child restraints, must ride in (Continued) ufacturer when installing the child the rear seat. restraint system.

329 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:56 PM Page 30

Safety features of your vehicle

Rearward-facing child restraint system (Continued) (Continued) • Never leave children unattended • Never use an infant carrier or a in a vehicle – not even for a short child safety seat that "hooks" time. The car can heat up very over a seatback, it may not pro- quickly, resulting in serious vide adequate security in an acci- injuries to children inside. Even dent. very young children may inadver- • Seat belts can become very hot, tently cause the vehicle to move, especially when the car is parked entangle themselves in the win- in direct sunlight. Always check dows, or lock themselves or oth- seat belt buckles before fasten- ers inside the vehicle. ing them over a child. CRS09 • Never allow two children, or any Forward-facing child restraint system two persons, to use the same seat belt. • Children often squirm and reposition themselves improperly. Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back. Always properly position and secure children in the rear seat. • Never allow a child to stand-up or OYF039056N kneel on the seat or floor of a moving vehicle. During a colli- Using a child restraint system sion or sudden stop, the child For small children and babies, the use of can be violently thrown against a child seat or infant seat is required. This the vehicle’s interior, resulting in child seat or infant seat should be of serious injury. appropriate size for the child and should (Continued) be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3 30 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:56 PM Page 31

Safety features of your vehicle

For safety reasons, we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the WARNING - Child seat rear seats. installation • A child can be seriously injured WARNING or killed in a collision if the child Never place a rear-facing child restraint is not properly anchored restraint in the front passenger to the vehicle and the child is not seat, because of the danger that an properly restrained in the child inflating passenger-side air bag restraint. Before installing the could impact the rear-facing child child restraint system, read the restraint and kill the child. instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer. • If the seat belt does not operate E2MS103005 Since all passenger seat belts move as described in this section, have Placing a passenger seat belt into freely under normal conditions and only the system checked immediately the automatic locking mode lock under extreme or emergency condi- by your authorized HYUNDAI The automatic locking mode will help tions (emergency locking mode), you dealer. prevent the normal movement of the must manually change these seat belts • Failure to observe this manual's child in the vehicle from causing the seat to the automatic locking mode to secure instructions regarding child belt to loosen and compromise the child a child restraint. restraint systems and the restraint system. To secure a child instructions provided with the restraint system, use the following proce- child restraint system could dure. increase the chance and/or severity of injury in an accident.

331 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:56 PM Page 32

Safety features of your vehicle

OEN036101 OBH039102 OBH039103 To install a child restraint system on the 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of outboard or center rear seats, do the fol- belt all the way out. When the shoulder the seat belt to retract and listen for an lowing: portion of the seat belt is fully extend- audible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound. 1. Place the child restraint system in the ed, it will shift the retractor to the This indicates that the retractor is in seat and route the lap/shoulder belt “Aautomatic locking” (child restraint) the “automatic locking” mode. If no dis- around or through the restraint, follow- mode. tinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 ing the restraint manufacturer’s and 4. instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound. Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

3 32 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:57 PM Page 33

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Automatic locking mode The lap/shoulder belt automatically returns to the “emergency lock mode” whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully. Therefore, the pre- ceding seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed. If the retractor is not in the Automatic Locking mode, the child OEN036104 restraint can move when your vehi- OYF039023A 5. Remove as much slack from the belt cle turns or stops suddenly. A child Securing a child restraint seat with as possible by pushing down on the can be seriously injured or killed if “Tether Anchor” system child restraint system while feeding the the child restraint is not properly Child restraint hook holders are located shoulder belt back into the retractor. anchored to the car, including set- on the package tray. 6. Push and pull on the child restraint ting the retractor to the Automatic system to confirm that the seat belt is Locking mode. holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6. When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the 7. Double check that the retractor is in the retractor will automatically switch “Automatic locking” mode by attempt- from the “Automatic locking” mode to ing to pull more of the seat belt out of the emergency lock mode for normal the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor adult usage. is in the “Automatic locking” mode. To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

333 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:57 PM Page 34

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING - Child restraint A child can be seriously injured or check killed in a collision if the child Check that the child restraint sys- restraint is not properly anchored tem is secure by pushing and to the car and the child is not prop- pulling it in different directions. erly restrained in the child restraint. Incorrectly fitted child restraints Always follow the child seat manu- may swing, twist, tip or separate facturer’s instructions for installa- causing death or serious injury. tion and use.

WARNING OYF039024N WARNING - Tether strap - Child restraint anchorage 1. Route the child restraint seat strap Never mount more than one child • Child restraint anchorages are over the seatback. restraint to a single tether anchor designed to withstand only those For vehicles with adjustable head- or to a single lower anchorage loads imposed by correctly fitted rests, route the tether strap under the point. The increased load caused child restraints. Under no circum- headrest and between the headrest by multiple seats may cause the stances are they to be used for posts, otherwise route the tether strap tethers or anchorage points to adult seat belts or harnesses or over the top of the seatback. break, causing serious injury or for attaching other items or 2. Connect the tether strap hook to the death. equipment to the vehicle. appropriate child restraint hook holder • The tether strap may not work and tighten to secure the child restraint properly if attached somewhere seat. other than the correct tether anchor.

3 34 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:57 PM Page 35

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING When using the vehicle's "LATCH" Lower Anchor system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat, all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched Lower Anchor securely in their seat belt buckles Position Indicator and the seat belt webbing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat B230D01NF OYF039025N belts. Unlatched metal latch plates Securing a child restraint seat with Child restraint symbols are located on or tabs may allow the child to reach child seat lower anchor system the left and right rear seat backs to indi- the unretracted seat belts which Some child seat manufacturers make cate the position of the lower anchors for may result in strangulation and a child restraint seats that are labeled as child restraints. serious injury or death to the child LATCH or LATCH-compatible child in the child restraint. restraint seats. LATCH stands for "Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children". These seats include two rigid or webbing WARNING mounted attachments that connect to Install the child restraint seat fully two LATCH anchors at specific seating rearward against the seatback with positions in your vehicle. This type of the seatback reclined two positions child restraint seat eliminates the need to from the most upright latched posi- use seat belts to attach the child seat in tion. the rear seats.

335 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:57 PM Page 36

Safety features of your vehicle

LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors are CAUTION located in the left and right outboard rear Do not allow the rear seat belt web- seating positions. Their locations are bing to get scratched or pinched by shown in the illustration. There is no the child-seat latch and LATCH LATCH anchor provided for the center anchor during the installation. rear seating position. The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating WARNING positions. If the child restraint is not anchored Follow the child seat manufacturer’s properly, the risk of a child being instructions to properly install child seriously injured or killed in a colli- restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH- sion greatly increases. compatible attachments. Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint, assure that the seat is properly WARNING - LATCH lower attached to the LATCH and tether anchors anchors. LATCH lower anchors are only to Also, test the child restraint seat before be used with the left and right rear you place the child in it. Tilt the seat from outboard seating positions. Never side to side. Also try to tug the seat for- attempt to attach a LATCH ward. Check to see if the anchors hold equipped seat in the center seating the seat in place. position. You may damage the anchors or the anchors may fail and break in a collision.

3 36 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:57 PM Page 37

Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag (3) Side impact air bag (4) Curtain air bag

WARNING Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the seat belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OYF039050N

337 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:57 PM Page 38

Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system It is much more likely that you will sim- operate ply see the deflated air bags hanging WARNING • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if out of their storage compartments after • To avoid severe personal injury necessary) only when the ignition the collision. or death caused by deploying air switch is turned to the ON or START • In order to help provide protection in a bags in a collision, the driver position. severe collision, the air bags must should sit as far back from the • Air bags inflate instantly in the event of inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag steering wheel air bag as possi- serious frontal or side collision in order inflation is a consequence of the ble (at least 10 inches (250 mm) to help protect the occupants from seri- extremely short time in which a collision away). The front passengers ous physical injury. occurs and the need to get the air bag should always move their seats • There is no single speed at which the between the occupant and the vehicle as far back as possible and sit air bags will inflate. structures before the occupant impacts back in their seat. those structures. This speed of inflation Generally, air bags are designed to • Air bags inflate instantly in the inflate by the severity of a collision and reduces the risk of serious or life- event of collision, and passen- its direction. These two factors deter- threatening injuries in a severe collision gers may be injured by the air bag mine whether the sensors sendout an and is thus a necessary part of air bag expansion force if they are not in electronic deployment/ inflation signal. design. proper position. • Air bag deployment depends on a However, air bag inflation can also • Air bag inflation may cause number of factors including vehicle cause injuries which normally can injuries which normally include speed, angles of impact and the densi- include facial abrasions, bruises and facial or bodily abrasions, ty and stiffness of the vehicles or broken bones because the inflation injuries from broken glasses or objects which your vehicle hits in the speed also causes the air bags to burns by the air bag inflation collision. Though, factors are not limit- expand with a great deal of force. gasses. ed to those mentioned above. • There are even circumstances • The front air bags will completely under which contact with the air bag inflate and deflate in an instant. can cause fatal injuries, especially if It is virtually impossible for you to see the occupant is positioned exces- the air bags inflate during an accident. sively close to the air bag.

3 38 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:57 PM Page 39

Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate, they make a WARNING loud noise and they leave smoke and • Extreme Hazard! Do not use a powder in the air inside of the vehicle. rearward facing child restraint on This is normal and is a result of the igni- a seat protected by an air bag in tion of the air bag inflator. After the air front of it! bag inflates, you may feel substantial dis- comfort in breathing due to the contact of • Never put a child restraint in the your chest with both the seat belt and the front passenger’s seat. If the front air bag, as well as from breathing the passenger air bag inflates, it smoke and powder. Open your doors would cause serious or fatal and/or windows as soon as possible injuries. after impact in order to reduce dis- • When children are seated in the comfort and prevent prolonged expo- 1JBH3051 rear outboard seats of a vehicle sure to the smoke and powder. Do not install a child restraint on the equipped with side and/or curtain Though the smoke and powder are non- front passenger’s seat. air bags, be sure to install the toxic, they may cause irritation to the skin Never place a rear-facing child restraint child restraint system as far away (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the in the front passenger’s seat. If the air from the door side as possible, case, wash and rinse with cold water bag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac- and securely lock the child immediately and consult a doctor if the ing child restraint, causing serious or restraint system in position. symptom persists. fatal injury. Inflation of side and/or curtain air In addition, do not place front-facing child bags could cause serious injury WARNING restraints in the front passenger’s seat or death to an infant or child. When the air bags deploy, the air either. If the front passenger air bag bag related parts in the steering inflates, it could cause serious or fatal wheel and/or instrument panel injuries to the child. and/or in both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors and in the front set backs are very hot. To prevent injury, do not touch the air bag storage area’s internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated.

339 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:57 PM Page 40

Safety features of your vehicle

When the ignition switch is turned ON, the indicator light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds, then go off. Have the system checked if: • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. • The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position. W7-147 OYF039055N C041000AUN SRS components and functions Air bag warning light The SRS consists of the following com- The purpose of air bag warning light in ponents: your instrument panel is to alert you of a 1. Driver's front air bag module potential problem with your air bag - 2. Passenger's front air bag module Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). 3. Side impact air bag modules 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM) 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors 10. PASS AIR BAG “OFF” indicator (Front passenger’s seat only) 11. Occupant classification system (Front passenger’s seat only)

3 40 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:57 PM Page 41

Safety features of your vehicle

12. Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt buckle sensors WARNING 13. Driver’s seat track position sensor If any of the following conditions 14. Anchor pre-tensioner occurs, this indicates a malfunction 15. Side pressure sensor of the SRS. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition • The light does not turn on briefly switch is ON to determine if a crash when you turn the ignition ON. impact is severe enough to require air • The light stays on after illuminat- bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat ing for approximately 6 seconds. belt deployment. • The light comes on while the W7-147 vehicle is in motion. The SRS air bag warning light " " on the • The light blinks when the ignition instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 switch is in ON position. seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, after which the SRS air bag warning light " " should go out.

341 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:58 PM Page 42

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

B240B01L B240B02L B240B03L The front air bag modules are located Upon deployment, tear seams molded A fully inflated air bag, in combination both in the center of the steering wheel directly into the pad covers will separate with a properly worn seat belt, slows the and in the front passenger's panel above under pressure from the expansion of the driver's or the passenger's forward the glove box. When the SRSCM detects air bags. Further opening of the covers motion, reducing the risk of head and a sufficiently severe impact to the front of then allows full inflation of the air bags. chest injury. the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags. After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.

3 42 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:58 PM Page 43

Safety features of your vehicle

Passenger’s front air bag WARNING (Continued) • Before you replace a fuse or dis- • If an air bag deploys, there may connect a battery terminal, turn be a loud noise followed by a fine the ignition switch to the LOCK dust released in the vehicle. position and remove the ignition These conditions are normal and key. Never remove or replace the are not hazardous - the air bags air bag related fuse(s) when the are packed in this fine powder. ignition switch is in the ON posi- The dust generated during air tion. Failure to heed this warning bag deployment may cause skin will cause the SRS air gag warn- or eye irritation as well as aggra- ing light to illuminate. vate asthma for some persons. B240B05L Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm WARNING water and a mild soap after an • Do not install or place any acces- accident in which the air bags sories (drink holder, CD or discs were deployed. holder, sticker, etc.) on the front • The SRS can function only when passenger's panel above the the ignition switch is in the ON glove box in a vehicle with a pas- position. If the SRS air bag warn- senger's air bag. Such objects ing light " " does not illumi- may become dangerous projec- nate, or continuously remains on tiles and cause injury if the pas- after illuminating for about 6 sec- senger's air bag inflates. onds when the ignition switch is • When installing a container of liq- turned to the ON position, or after uid air freshener inside the vehi- the engine is started, comes on cle, do not place it near the while driving, the SRS is not instrument cluster nor on the working properly. If this occurs, instrument panel surface. have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized It may become a dangerous pro- HYUNDAI dealer. jectile and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates. (Continued)

343 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:59 PM Page 44

Safety features of your vehicle

Type A The occupant classification system is Main components of occupant designed to detect the presence of a classification system properly-seated front passenger and • A detection device located within the determine if the passenger's front air bag front passenger seat frame. should be enabled (may inflate) or not. The driver's front air bag is not affected • Electronic system to determine whether or controlled by the occupant classifica- the front passenger air bag system tion system. should be activated or deactivated. • A warning light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicating the OYF039059N front passenger air bag system is deac- Type B tivated. • The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the occupant classification system. If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size, and he/she sits properly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably OYF039053N extended and their feet on the floor), the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator will be Occupant classification system turned off and the front passenger's air Your vehicle is equipped with an occu- bag will be able to inflate, if necessary, in pant classification system in the front frontal crashes. passenger's seat. You will find the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator on the center facia panel. This system detects the conditions 1~4 in the following table and activates or deacti- vates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.

3 44 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 4:59 PM Page 45

Safety features of your vehicle

Always be sure that you and all vehicle C040301ABH occupants are seated and restrained Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system properly (sitting upright with the seat in an upright position, centered on the seat Indicator/Warning light Devices cushion, with the person's legs comfort- Condition detected by the Front PASSENGER SRS Side Curtain ably extended, feet on the floor, and occupant classification system passenger AIR BAG “OFF” warning air bag air bag wearing the safety belt properly) for the indicator light light air bag most effective protection by the air bag 1 2 and the safety belt. 1. Adult * or child age 13 and up* Off Off Activated Activated Activated 2. Infant or child restraint system • The OCS may not function properly if On Off Deactivated Activated Activated the passenger takes actions which can with 12 months old*3 affect the classification system. These 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated Deactivated Activated include: (1) Failing to sit in an upright position. 4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated Activated Activated (2) Leaning against the door or center console. *1) The system judges a person of adult *3) Never install a child restraint system size as an adult. When a smaller adult on the front passenger seat. (3) Sitting towards the sides or the sits in the front passenger seat, the front of the seat. system may recognize him/her as a (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or child depending on his/her physique WARNING resting them on other locations and posture. Riding in an improper position or which reduce the passenger weight *2) Do not allow children to ride in the placing weight on the front passen- on the front seat. front passenger seat. When a larger ger's seat when it is unoccupied by (5) Improperly wearing the safety belt. child who has outgrown a child a passenger adversely affects the (6) Reclining the seat back. restraint system sits in the front pas- occupant classification system senger seat, the system may recog- (OCS). nize him/her as an adult depending (Continued) upon his/jer physique or sitting position.

345 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:00 PM Page 46

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 - Never put a heavy load in the - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash- front passenger seat or seatback towards the front of the seat. board. pocket.

OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 - Never place feet on the front pas- - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or center senger seatback. front passenger seatback. console. - Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

3 46 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:00 PM Page 47

Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the WARNING rear seat. Do not put a heavy load in the front passenger seatback pocket or on the WARNING front passenger seat. Do not hang Do not allow an adult passenger to onto the front passenger seat. Do not ride in the front seat when the PASS hang any items, such as a seatback AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is illumi- table, on the front passenger seat- nated because the air bag will not back. Do not place feet on the front deploy in the event of a crash. If the passenger seatback. Do not place PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator any items under the front passenger remains illuminated after the adult seat. Any of these could interfere B990A01O passenger repositions themselves with proper sensor operation. When an adult is seated in the front pas- properly and the car is restarted, it senger seat, if the PASS AIR BAG “OFF” is recommended that passenger indicator is on, turn the ignition switch to move to the rear seat because the WARNING the LOCK or OFF position and ask the passenger's front air bag will not • Even though your vehicle is passenger to sit properly (sitting upright deploy. equipped with the occupant clas- with the seat back in an upright position, Front seat passengers must stay sification system, never install a centered on the seat cushion with their properly seated to avoid serious child restraint system in the front seat belt on, legs comfortably extended injury from a deploying air bag. passenger's seat. A deploying air and their feet on the floor). Restart the bag can forcefully strike a child engine and have the person remain in resulting in serious injuries or that position. This will allow the system to ✽ NOTICE death. Any child age 12 and detect the person and to enable the pas- under should ride in the rear seat. senger air bag. The PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator Children too large for child illuminates for about 4 seconds after the restraints should use the avail- ignition switch is turned to the ON posi- able lap/shoulder belts. No mat- tion or after the engine is started. If the ter what type of crash, children of front passenger seat is occupied, the all ages are safer when restrained occupant classification sensor will then in the rear seat. classify the front passenger after several (Continued) more seconds. 347 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:00 PM Page 48

Safety features of your vehicle

• If the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indi- (Continued) (Continued) cator is illuminated when the • Accident statistics show that • Do not place an electronic device front passenger's seat is occu- children are safer if they are such as a laptop computer on the pied by an adult and he/she sits restrained in the rear, as opposed front passenger seat. Its elec- properly (sitting upright with the to the front seat. It is recom- tronic field may cause the OCS to seatback in an upright position, mended that child restraints be switch to the "on" condition and centered on the seat cushion secured in a rear seat, including thus allow the passenger air bag with their seat belt on, legs com- an infant riding in a rear-facing to deploy needlessly in a colli- fortably extended and their feet infant seat, a child riding in a for- sion, increasing your repair on the floor), have that person sit ward-facing child seat and an costs. in the rear seat. older child riding in a booster • A smaller-stature adult in the • Do not modify or replace the front seat. front passenger’ seat who is not passenger seat. Don't place any- • Air bags can only be used once – seated correctly (for example: thing on or attach anything such have an authorized HYUNDAI seat excessively reclined, leaning as a blanket or seat heater to the dealer replace the air bag imme- on the door or center console, or front passenger seat. This can diately after deployment. hips shifted forward in the seat) adversely affect the occupant • The occupant classification sys- can cause a condition where the classification system. tem may not work properly if occupant classification system • Do not sit on sharp objects such water, coffee or any other liquid senses less weight than if the as tools when occupying the including rain gets on the seat. occupant were seated properly front passenger seat. This can Keep the front seat dry at all (sitting upright with the seatback adversely affect the occupant times. in an upright position, centered classification system. (Continued) on the seat cushion with their • Do not use accessory seat cov- seat belt on, legs comfortably ers on the front seats. extended and their feet on the (Continued) floor). This condition can result in an adult potentially being misclassi- fied as a child and illumination of the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator.

3 48 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:00 PM Page 49

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag Passenger’s front air bag WARNING If the occupant classification system is not working properly, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger's front air bag is connected with the occupant classification system. If there is a malfunction of the occupant classification system, the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator will not illuminate and the passenger's front air bag OYF039030 OYF039031 will inflate in frontal impact crashes Driver's and passenger's front air The purpose of the SRS is to provide the even if there is no occupant in the bag vehicle's driver and/or the front passen- front passenger's seat. If the SRS Your vehicle is equipped with a ger with additional protection than that air bag warning light does not illu- Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System offered by the seat belt system alone in minate when the ignition switch is and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver case of a frontal impact of sufficient turned to the ON position, remains and passenger seating positions. The severity. The SRS uses sensors to gath- illuminated after approximately 6 indications of the system's presence are er information about the driver's seat seconds when the ignition switch is the letters "SRS AIR BAG" or “AIR BAG" position, the driver's and front passen- turned to the ON position, or if it embossed on the air bag pad cover in the ger's seat belt usage and impact severi- illuminates while the vehicle is steering wheel and the passenger's side ty. being driven, have an authorized front panel pad above the glove box. HYUNDAI dealer inspect the occupant classification system and the SRS air bag system as soon as The SRS consists of air bags installed possible. under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel above the glove box.

349 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:00 PM Page 50

Safety features of your vehicle

The driver's seat track position sensor, Additionally, your vehicle is equipped WARNING which is installed on the seat track, deter- with an occupant classification system in If the occupant classification sys- mines if the seat is fore or aft of a refer- the front passenger's seat. The occupant tem is not working properly, the ence position. The seat belt buckle sen- classification system detects the pres- SRS air bag warning light on the sors determine if the driver and front pas- ence of a passenger in the front passen- instrument panel will illuminate senger's seat belts are fastened. These ger's seat and will turn off the front pas- because the SRS air bag warning sensors provide the ability to control the senger's air bag under certain condi- light is connected with the occu- SRS deployment based on how close the tions. For more detail, see "Occupant pant classification system. If the driver's seat is to the steering wheel, classification system" in this section. SRS air bag warning light does not whether or not the seat belts are fas- illuminate when the ignition switch tened, and how severe the impact is. is turned to the ON position, WARNING remains illuminated after approxi- The advanced SRS offers the ability to • Modification to the seat structure mately 6 seconds when the ignition control the air bag inflation within two lev- can adversely affect the seat switch is turned to the ON position, els. A first stage level is provided for mod- track position sensor and cause or if it illuminates while the vehicle erate-severity impacts. A second stage the air bag to deploy at a different is being driven, have an authorized level is provided for more severe impacts. level than should be provided. HYUNDAI dealer inspect the • Do not place any objects underneath the front seats as they advanced SRS air bag system as According to the impact severity, seating could damage the seat track soon as possible. position and seat belt usage, the SRSCM position sensor or interfere with (SRS Control Module) controls the air the occupant classification sys- bag inflation. Failure to properly wear tem. seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. • Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields near the front seat. These may cause a malfunction of the seat track position sensor.

3 50 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:01 PM Page 51

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING (Continued) • Move your seat as far back as Always use seat belts and child If you are considering modification practical from the front air bags, restraints – every trip, every time, of your vehicle due to a disability, while still maintaining control of everyone! Air bags inflate with con- please contact the Hyundai the vehicle. Customer Assistance Center at 1- siderable force and in the blink of 800-633-5151. an eye. Seat belts help keep occu- • You and your passengers should pants in proper position to obtain never sit or lean unnecessarily maximum benefit from the air bag. close to the air bags. Improperly ✽ NOTICE Even with advanced air bags, positioned driver and passengers improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured by inflat- • Be sure to read information about the ing air bags. SRS on the labels provided on the sun can be severely injured when the visor. air bag inflates. Always follow the • Never lean against the door or • Advanced air bags are combined with precautions about seat belts, air center console – always sit in an pre-tensioner seat belts to help pro- bags and occupant safety con- upright position. vide enhanced occupant protection in tained in this manual. • Do not allow a passenger to ride frontal crashes. Front air bags are not To reduce the chance of serious or in the front seat when the PASS intended to deploy in collisions in fatal injuries and receive the maxi- AIR BAG "OFF" indicator is illu- which protection can be provided by mum safety benefit from your minated, because the air bag will the pre-tensioner seat belt. restraint system: not deploy in the event of a mod- • Never place a child in any child or erate or severe frontal crash. booster seat in the front seat. (Continued) • ABC – Always Buckle Children in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. • Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats. (Continued)

351 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:01 PM Page 52

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) • No objects should be placed over • Air bags can only be used once – • Even though your vehicle is or near the air bag modules on have an authorized HYUNDAI equipped with the occupant clas- the steering wheel, instrument dealer replace the air bag imme- sification system, do not install a panel, and the front passenger's diately after deployment. child restraint system in the front panel above the glove box, • The SRS is designed to deploy passenger seat position. A child because any such object could the front air bags only when an restraint system must never be cause harm if the vehicle is in a impact is sufficiently severe and placed in the front seat.The infant crash severe enough to cause when the impact angle is less or child could be severely injured the air bags to deploy. than 30° from the forward longitu- or killed by an air bag deployment • Never place covers, blankets or dinal axis of the vehicle. in case of an accident. seat warmers on the passenger Additionally, the air bags will only • Children age 12 and under must seat as these may interfere with deploy once. Seat belts must be always be properly restrained in the occupant classification sys- worn at all times. the rear seat. Never allow chil- tem. • Front air bags are not intended to dren to ride in the front passen- • Do not tamper with or disconnect deploy in side-impact, rear- ger seat. If a child over 12 must SRS wiring or other components impact or rollover crashes. In be seated in the front seat, he or of the SRS system. Doing so addition, front air bags will not she must be properly belted and could result in injury, due to acci- deploy in frontal crashes below the seat should be moved as far dental deployment of the air bags the deployment threshold. back as possible. or by rendering the SRS inopera- (Continued) • For maximum safety protection in tive. all types of crashes, all occu- • If the SRS air bag warning light pants including the driver should remains illuminated while the always wear their seat belts vehicle is being driven, have an whether or not an air bag is also authorized HYUNDAI dealer provided at their seating position inspect the air bag system as to minimize the risk of severe soon as possible. injury or death in the event of a crash. Do not sit or lean unneces- (Continued) sarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion. (Continued)

3 52 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:01 PM Page 53

Safety features of your vehicle

Front The side impact air bags are designed to (Continued) deploy only during certain side-impact • Sitting improperly or out of posi- collisions, depending on the crash sever- tion can result in serious or fatal ity, angle, speed and point of impact. The injury in a crash. All occupants side impact air bags are not designed to should sit upright with the seat- deploy in all side impact situations. back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is OYF039032N removed. • The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash. If an occupant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt, the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.

OYF039057N Side impact air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.

353 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:01 PM Page 54

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) • Use of seat covers could reduce • The side impact air bag is sup- or prevent the effectiveness of plemental to the driver's and the the system. passenger's seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them. • Do not install any accessories on Therefore your seat belts must be the side or near the side air bag. worn at all times while the vehicle • Do not place any objects over the is in motion. The air bags deploy air bag or between the air bag only in certain side impact condi- and yourself. tions severe enough to cause • Do not place any objects (an OYF039026 significant injury to the vehicle umbrella, bag, etc.) between the occupants. front door and the front seat. • For best protection from the side Such objects may become dan- impact air bag system and to gerous projectiles and cause avoid being injured by the injury if the supplemental side air deploying side impact air bag, bag inflates. both front seat occupants should • To prevent unexpected deploy- sit in an upright position with the ment of the side impact air bag seat belt properly fastened. The that may result in personal injury, driver's hands should be placed avoid impact to the side impact on the steering wheel at the 9:00 sensor when the ignition switch and 3:00 positions. The passen- is on. OYF039058N ger's arms and hands should be • If the seat or seat cover is dam- Curtain air bag placed on their laps. aged, have the vehicle checked Curtain air bags are located along both • Do not use any accessory seat and repaired by an authorized sides of the roof rails above the front and covers. HYUNDAI dealer because your rear doors. (Continued) vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant They are designed to help protect the classification system. heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.

3 54 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:01 PM Page 55

Safety features of your vehicle

The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact WARNING (Continued) • Never try to open or repair any collisions, depending on the crash sever- • In order for side and curtain air ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtain components of the side curtain bags to provide the best protec- air bag system. This should only air bags are not designed to deploy in all tion, front seat occupants and side impact situations, collisions from the be done by an authorized outboard rear occupants should HYUNDAI dealer. front or rear of the vehicle or in most sit in an upright position with the rollover situations. seat belts properly fastened. Failure to follow the above instruc- Importantly, children should sit in tions can result in injury or death to a proper child restraint system in the vehicle occupants in an acci- the rear seat. dent. • When children are seated in the rear outboard seats, they must be seated in the proper child restraint system. Make sure to put the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible, and secure the child restraint system in a locked position. • Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and/or curtain air bags. (Continued)

355 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:01 PM Page 56

Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect- ed to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. In other words, just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable, don’t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate.

1 2 3 4

OYF039040N/OYF039041/OYF039042N/OHD036030/OYF039062N Air bag collision sensors (1) SRS control module (3) Side impact sensor (2) Front impact sensor (4) Side pressure sensor

3 56 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:01 PM Page 57

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) • Problems may arise if the sensor • Do not hit or allow any objects to installation angles are changed impact the locations where air due to the deformation of the bags or sensors are installed. front bumper, body or B pillars or This may cause unexpected air front door where side collision bag deployment, which could sensors are installed. Have the result in serious personal injury vehicle checked and repaired by or death. an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the installation location or • Your vehicle has been designed angle of the sensors is altered in to absorb impact and deploy the any way, the air bags may deploy air bag(s) in certain collisions. 1JBA3513 when they should not or they may Installing bumper guards or not deploy when they should, replacing a bumper with non-gen- Air bag inflation conditions causing severe injury or death. uine parts may adversely affect Front air bags Therefore, do not try to perform your vehicle’s collision and air Front air bags are designed to inflate in a maintenance on or around the air bag deployment performance. frontal collision depending on the intensi- bag sensors. Have the vehicle ty, speed or angles of impact of the front checked and repaired by an collision. authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (Continued)

357 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:01 PM Page 58

Safety features of your vehicle

Although the front air bags (driver’s and front passenger’s air bags) are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side 1JBA3514 impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, 1JBA3515 the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully Air bag non-inflation conditions on unimproved roads or on surfaces not • In certain low-speed collisions the air designed for vehicle traffic to prevent bags may not deploy. The air bags are unintended air bag deployment. designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts 1LDA2057 in such collisions. Side impact and curtain air bags Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength, speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision.

3 58 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:02 PM Page 59

Safety features of your vehicle

OBH038058 1JBA3516 OBH038060 • Air bags are not designed to inflate in • Front air bags may not inflate in side • In an angled collision, the force of rear collisions, because occupants are impact collisions, because occupants impact may direct the occupants in a moved backward by the force of the move to the direction of the collision, direction where the air bags would not impact. In this case, inflated air bags and thus in side impacts, frontal air bag be able to provide any additional bene- would not be able to provide any addi- deployment would not provide addi- fit, and thus the sensors may not tional benefit. tional occupant protection. deploy any air bags. However, side impact and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the intensity, vehicle speed and angles of impact.

359 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:02 PM Page 60

Safety features of your vehicle

1JBA3517 1JBA3522 1JBA3518 • Just before impact, drivers often brake • Front air bags may not inflate in • Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the rollover accidents because air bag collides with objects such as utility front portion of the vehicle causing it to deployment would not provide protec- poles or trees, where the point of “ride” under a vehicle with a higher tion to the occupants. impact is concentrated to one area and ground clearance. Air bags may not Side impact and curtain air bags may the full force of the impact is not deliv- inflate in this "under-ride" situation inflate when the vehicle is rolled over ered to the sensors. because deceleration forces that are by a side impact collision. detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.

3 60 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:02 PM Page 61

Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care WARNING (Continued) The SRS is virtually maintenance-free • If the air bags inflate, they must • Modification to SRS components and so there are no parts you can safely be replaced by an authorized or wiring, including the addition service by yourself. If the SRS air bag HYUNDAI dealer. warning light " " does not illuminate, of any kind of badges to the pad • Do not tamper with or disconnect when you turn the ignition on, or continu- covers or modifications to the SRS wiring, or other components ously remains on, have your vehicle body structure, can adversely of the SRS system. Doing so immediately inspected by an authorized affect SRS performance and lead could result in injury, due to acci- HYUNDAI dealer. to possible injury. • Not only the modification of the dental inflation of the air bags or parts where the SRS sensors are by rendering the SRS inopera- Any work on the SRS system, such as but also the modification of other tive. removing, installing, repairing, or any parts of the vehicle may affect the • If components of the air bag sys- work on the steering wheel, the front SRS performance and lead to tem must be discarded, or if the passenger's panel, front seats and roof possible injury. vehicle must be scrapped, certain rails must be performed by an authorized safety precautions must be HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of • For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use only a soft, dry cloth or observed. An authorized the SRS system may result in serious HYUNDAI dealer knows these personal injury. one which has been moistened with plain water. Solvents or precautions and can give you the cleaners could adversely affect necessary information. Failure to the air bag covers and proper follow these precautions and pro- deployment of the system. cedures could increase the risk • No objects should be placed over of personal injury. or near the air bag modules on the • If your car was flooded and has steering wheel, instrument panel, soaked carpeting or water on the and the front passenger's panel flooring, you shouldn't try to start above the glove box, because any the engine; have the car towed to such object could cause harm if the an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate. (Continued)

361 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:02 PM Page 62

Safety features of your vehicle

Additional safety precautions • Keep occupants away from the air • Never let passengers ride in the bag covers. All occupants should sit WARNING cargo area or on top of a folded- upright, fully back in their seats with • Sitting improperly or out of posi- down back seat. All occupants should their seat belts on and their feet on the tion can cause occupants to be sit upright, fully back in their seats with floor. If occupants are too close to the shifted too close to a deploying their seat belts on and their feet on the air bag covers, they could be injured if air bag, strike the interior struc- floor. the air bags inflate. ture or be thrown from the vehicle • Passengers should not move out of • Do not attach or place objects on or resulting in serious injury or or change seats while the vehicle is near the air bag covers. Any object death. moving. A passenger who is not wear- attached to or placed on the front or • Always sit upright with the seating a seat belt during a crash or emer- side air bag covers could interfere with back in an upright position, cen- gency stop can be thrown against the the proper operation of the air bags. tered on the seat cushion with inside of the vehicle, against other • Do not modify the front seats. your seat belt on, legs comfort- occupants, or out of the vehicle. Modification of the front seats could ably extended and your feet on • Each seat belt is designed to interfere with the operation of the sup- the floor. restrain one occupant. If more than plemental restraint system sensing • Be careful not to cause impact to one person uses the same seat belt, components or side air bags. the doors when the ignition is they could be seriously injured or killed • Do not place items under the front ON. The air bags may inflate. in a collision. seats. Placing items under the front • Do not use any accessories on seat seats could interfere with the operation belts. Devices claiming to improve of the supplemental restraint system Adding equipment to or modifying occupant comfort or reposition the seat sensing components and wiring har- your air bag-equipped vehicle nesses. belt can reduce the protection provided If you modify your vehicle by changing by the seat belt and increase the • Never hold an infant or child on your your vehicle's frame, bumper system, chance of serious injury in a crash. lap. The infant or child could be seri- front end or side sheet metal or ride • Passengers should not place hard ously injured or killed in the event of a height, this may affect the operation of or sharp objects between them- crash. All infants and children should your vehicle's air bag system. selves and the air bags. Carrying be properly restrained in appropriate hard or sharp objects on your lap or in child safety seats or seat belts in the your mouth can result in injuries if an rear seat. air bag inflates.

3 62 YF hma 3.qxp 11/25/2009 5:02 PM Page 63

Safety features of your vehicle

OYF039045

OYF039046 Air bag warning label (if equipped) Air bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

363 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:09 PM Page 1

Keys / 4-3 Smart key / 4-6 Remote keyless entry / 4-12 Theft-alarm system / 4-14 Door locks / 4-18 Trunk / 4-22 Windows / 4-24 Hood / 4-28 Features of your vehicle 4

Fuel filler lid / 4-29 Sunroof / 4-32 Steering wheel / 4-35 Mirrors / 4-37 Instrument cluster / 4-46 Rear view camera / 4-67 Hazard warning flasher / 4-68 Lighting / 4-68 Wipers and washers / 4-73 Interior light / 4-75 Defroster / 4-78 Manual climate control system / 4-79 Automatic climate control system / 4-88 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:09 PM Page 2

Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-95 Storage compartments / 4-98 Interior features / 4-100 Audio system / 4-104

4 Features of your vehicle YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:09 PM Page 3

Features of your vehicle

KEYS ■ Type A Key operations (1) Master key (M) WARNING Used to start the engine, lock and unlock Use only HYUNDAI original parts the doors, lock and unlock the glove box, for the ignition key in your vehicle. and open the trunk. If an aftermarket key is used, the ignition switch may not return to (2) Sub key (S) ON after START. If this happens, the starter will continue to operate Used only to start the engine and lock and unlock the door. causing damage to the starter motor and possible fire due to OYF049001N excessive current in the wiring. ■ Type B WARNING - Ignition key Leaving children unattended in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous even if the key is not in the ignition switch. Children copy adults and they could place the key in the ignition switch. The ignition key would enable children to operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle OYF049213 move, which could result in serious Record your key number bodily injury or even death. Never The key code number is stamped on the leave the keys in your vehicle with bar code tag attached to the key set. unsupervised children. Should you lose your keys, this number will enable an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place. Also, record the code number and keep it in a safe place (not in the vehicle).

43 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 1/12/2010 5:44 PM Page 4

Features of your vehicle

Restrictions in handling keys Lock release When leaving keys with parking lot and Trunk valet attendants, the following proce- 1. Open the trunk lid with the master key. dures will ensure that your vehicle’s trunk 2. Set the trunk lid control switch to and glove box compartment can only be UNLOCK position ( ). opened with the master key. 3. Close the trunk lid. In this position the trunk will open with Lock the trunk lid release button or transmitter. When leaving the key with a parking lot The trunk can never be opened with the attendant or valet, perform the following sub key. and leave the sub key with the attendant. The sub key can start the engine and OYF049002 Glove box operate door locks only. Trunk Unlock the glove box using the mechanical key. 1. Open the trunk lid. 2. Set the trunk lid control switch to LOCK position ( ). 3. Close the trunk lid.

Glove box Close and lock the glove box using the master key.

4 4 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 1/12/2010 5:44 PM Page 5

Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer system (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE Your vehicle is equipped with an elec- WARNING If you need additional keys or lose your tronic engine immobilizer system to In order to prevent theft of your keys, consult an authorized HYUNDAI reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle vehicle, do not leave spare keys dealer. use. anywhere in your vehicle. Your Your immobilizer system is comprised of Immobilizer password is a cus- CAUTION a small transponder in the ignition key tomer unique password and should The transponder in your ignition and electronic devices inside the vehicle. be kept confidential. Do not leave key is an important part of the With the immobilizer system, whenever this number anywhere in your vehicle. immobilizer system. It is designed you insert your ignition key into the igni- to give years of trouble-free service, tion switch and turn it to ON, it checks however you should avoid expo- and determines and verifies if the ignition ✽ NOTICE sure to moisture, static electricity key is valid. When starting the engine, do not use the and rough handling. Immobilizer If the key is determined to be valid, the key with other immobilizer keys around. system malfunction could occur. engine will start. Otherwise the engine may not start or If the key is determined to be invalid, the may stop soon after it starts. Keep each engine will not start. key separate in order to avoid a starting CAUTION malfunction. To activate the immobilizer system: Do not change, alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it Turn the ignition key to the OFF position. CAUTION could cause the immobilizer sys- The immobilizer system activates auto- Do not put metal accessories near tem to malfunction and should only matically. Without a valid ignition key for the ignition switch. be serviced by an authorized your vehicle, the engine will not start. Metal accessories may interrupt the HYUNDAI dealer. transponder signal and may pre- Malfunctions caused by improper To deactivate the immobilizer sys- vent the engine from being started. alterations, adjustments or modifi- tem: cations to the immobilizer system Insert the ignition key into the key cylin- are not covered by your vehicle der and turn it to the ON position. manufacturer warranty.

45 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 1/12/2010 5:44 PM Page 6

Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED) This device complies with Part 15 of Smart key functions the FCC rules. Carrying the smart key, you may lock and Operation is subject to the following two unlock the vehicle doors. Also, you may conditions: start the engine. Refer to the following, 1. This device may not cause harmful for more details. interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

WARNING Changes or modifications not OYF049211 expressly approved by the party With a smart key, you can lock or unlock responsible for compliance could a door (and trunk) and even start the void the user’s authority to operate engine without inserting the key. the equipment. The functions of buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry. (Refer to the “Remote keyless entry” in this section.)

4 6 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 1/12/2010 5:44 PM Page 7

Features of your vehicle

However, if any door remains open, the Using the button on the smart key doors won't lock and the chime will sound All doors are locked if the lock button(1) for 3 seconds. Close the door and try is pressed. If all doors, trunk and hood again to lock the doors. are closed, the hazard warning lights will If trunk lid or engine hood remains open, blink and the chime will sound once to the hazard warning light and chime won't indicate that all doors are locked. operate. After this, trunk lid and engine However, if any door, trunk or engine hood are closed, the hazard warning hood remains open, the hazard warning lights blink once. lights and the chime will not operate. If all The button will only operate when the doors, trunk and engine hood are closed OYF049003 smart key is within 28~40in. (0.7~1m) after the lock button is pressed, the haz- from the outside door handle. ard warning lights blink. If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not, you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle. Even though you press the outside door handle buttons, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following occur: OYF049213 • The smart key is in the vehicle. Locking • The ignition switch is in ACC or ON position. Using the door handle switch • Any door except the trunk is open. Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors closed and any door unlock, locks all the doors. If all doors, trunk and engine hood are closed, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that all doors are locked.

47 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 1/12/2010 5:44 PM Page 8

Features of your vehicle

Unlocking Using the button on the smart key Trunk unlocking Using the door handle switch The driver's door is unlocked if the unlock Using the trunk handle switch Press the button of the driver’s outside button(2) is pressed once. The hazard If the trunk is locked and if you are within door handle with all doors closed and warning lights will blink and the chime will 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside locked, unlocks the driver’s door. The sound twice to indicate that the driver's trunk handle with your smart key in your hazard warning lights will blink and the door is unlocked. possession, the trunk will unlock when chime will sound twice to indicate that the All doors are unlocked if the unlock but- you press the trunk handle switch. driver’s door is unlocked. All doors are ton is pressed once more within 4 sec- Also, once the trunk is opened and then unlocked if the button is pressed once onds. The hazard warning lights will blink closed, the trunk will be locked automati- more within 4 seconds. The hazard warn- and chime will sound twice again to indi- cally. ing lights will blink and the chime will cate that all doors are unlocked. sound twice to indicate that all the doors After pressing this button, the doors will Using the button on the smart key are unlocked. lock automatically unless you open any Press the button of the front passenger’s door within 30 seconds. The trunk is opened if the trunk unlock outside door handle with all doors closed button(3) is pressed for more than 1 sec- and locked, unlocks all the doors. The ond. hazard warning lights will blink and the Once the trunk is opened and then chime will sound twice to indicate that all closed, the trunk will lock automatically. doors are unlocked. The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle. When the smart key is recognized in the area of 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the front outside door handle, other people can also open the doors without possession of the smart key. After pressing the button, the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds.

4 8 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 1/12/2010 5:44 PM Page 9

Features of your vehicle

Panic Smart key precautions The horn sounds and hazard warning ✽ NOTICE CAUTION lights flash for about 30 seconds if this Keep the smart key away from button(4) is pressed for more than 1 sec- • If, for some reason, you happen to lose water or any liquid. If the keyless ond. To stop the horn and lights, press your smart key, you will not be able to entry system is inoperative due to any button on the smart key. start the engine. Tow the vehicle, if exposure to water or liquids, it will necessary, and contact an authorized not be covered by your manufactur- HYUNDAI dealer. er’s vehicle warranty. Start-up • A maximum of 2 smart keys can be You can start the engine without inserting registered to a single vehicle. If you the key. For detailed information refer to lose a smart key, you should immedi- the “Engine start/stop button” in section ately take the vehicle and key to your 5. authorized HYUNDAI dealer to protect it from potential theft. • The smart key will not work if any of the following occur: - The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key. - The smart key near a mobile two- way radio system or a cellular phone. - Another vehicle’s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle. When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

49 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 1/12/2010 5:49 PM Page 10

Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Part 15 of Lock the FCC rules. When leaving the key with a parking lot Operation is subject to the following two attendant or valet, perform the following. conditions: Remove the mechanical key from the 1. This device may not cause harmful smart key and leave the smart key with interference, and the attendant. In this manner the smart 2. This device must accept any interfer- key can only be used to start the engine ence received, including interference and operate door locks. that may cause undesired operation. Trunk OYF049212 WARNING 1. Open the trunk lid. 2. Set the trunk lid control switch to Changes or modifications not LOCK position ( ). expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could 3. Close the trunk lid. void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry Glove box system is inoperative due to 1. Press and hold the release button(1) changes or modifications not and remove the mechanical key (2). expressly approved by the party To reinstall the mechanical key, put the responsible for compliance, it will key into the hole and push it until a OYF049004 not be covered by your manufactur- click sound is heard. er’s vehicle warranty. Restrictions in handling keys 2. Close and lock the glove box using the When leaving keys with parking lot and mechanical key. valet attendants, the following procedures will ensure that your vehicle’s trunk and glove box compartment can only be opened with the mechanical key.

4 10 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 1/12/2010 5:44 PM Page 11

Features of your vehicle

Lock release Trunk CAUTION 1. Open the trunk lid with the mechanical • The smart key is designed to give key. you years of trouble-free use, 2. Set the trunk lid control switch to however it can malfunction if UNLOCK ( ). exposed to moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how 3. Close the trunk lid. to use or replace the battery, con- In this position the trunk will open with tact an authorized HYUNDAI deal- the trunk lid release button or smart key. er. • Using the wrong battery can Glove box cause the smart key to malfunc- Unlock the glove box using the mechani- OBH048004 tion. Be sure to use the correct cal key. Battery replacement battery. • To avoid damaging the smart key, A smart key battery should last for sever- don't drop it, get it wet, or expose al years, but if the smart key is not work- it to heat or sunlight. ing properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. If you are unsure how to use • An inappropriately disposed bat- your smart key or replace the battery, tery can be harmful to the envi- contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ronment and human health. 1. Insert a slim tool into the opening and Dispose the battery according to gently pry open the rear cover of the your local law(s) or regulation. smart key. 2. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery positive “+” symbol faces up as indicated in the illustration. 3. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.

411 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:09 PM Page 12

Features of your vehicle

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY Also, if the lock button is pressed once Trunk unlock (3) more within 4 seconds, the hazard warn- The trunk is unlocked if the button is ing lights will blink and the horn will pressed for more than 1 second. sound once to confirm that the door is Also, once the trunk is opened and then locked. closed, the trunk will be locked automati- However, if any door, trunk lid or engine cally. hood remains open, the hazard warning lights (and/or the horn) will not operate. Panic (4) But if all doors, trunk lid and engine hood are closed after the lock button is The horn sounds and hazard warning pressed, the hazard warning lights will lights flash for about 30 seconds if this blink once. button is pressed for more than 0.5 sec- ONF048011 ond. To stop the horn and lights, press any button except the trunk button on Remote keyless entry system Unlock (2) the transmitter operations The driver's door is unlocked if the unlock Lock (1) button is pressed once. The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate All doors are locked if the lock button is that the driver's door is unlocked. pressed. If all doors, trunk and hood are closed, the hazard warning lights will After depressing this button, the doors blink once to indicate that all doors are will be locked automatically unless you locked. open any door within 30 seconds.

4 12 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:09 PM Page 13

Features of your vehicle

Transmitter precautions This device complies with Part 15 of ✽ NOTICE the FCC rules. The transmitter will not work if any of Operation is subject to the following two conditions: following occur: • The ignition key is in ignition switch. 1. This device may not cause harmful • You exceed the operating distance interference, and limit (about 90 feet [30 m]). 2. This device must accept any interfer- • The battery in the transmitter is ence received, including interference weak. that may cause undesired operation. • Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. • The weather is extremely cold. WARNING • The transmitter is close to a radio Changes or modifications not ONF048120 transmitter such as a radio station or expressly approved by the party Battery replacement an airport which can interfere with responsible for compliance could The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat- normal operation of the transmitter. void the user’s authority to operate tery which will normally last for several When the transmitter does not work the equipment. If the keyless entry years. When replacement is necessary, correctly, open and close the door with system is inoperative due to use the following procedure. changes or modifications not the ignition key. If you have a problem 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen- expressly approved by the party tly pry open the transmitter center with the transmitter, contact an author- responsible for compliance, it will cover. ized HYUNDAI dealer. not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. 2. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, CAUTION make sure the battery positive “+” sym- Keep the transmitter away from bol faces up. water or any liquid. If the keyless 3. Install the battery in the reverse order entry system is inoperative due to of removal. exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by your manufactur- For replacement transmitters, see an er’s vehicle warranty. authorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmitter reprogramming.

413 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:09 PM Page 14

Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM Armed stage CAUTION Using the smart key • The transmitter is designed to Park the vehicle and stop the engine. give you years of trouble-free Armed Arm the system as described below. use, however it can malfunction if stage exposed to moisture or static 1.Turn off the engine. electricity. If you are unsure how 2.Make sure that all doors, the engine to use your transmitter or replace hood and trunk lid are closed and latched. the battery, contact an authorized Disarmed Theft-alarm HYUNDAI dealer. stage stage 3. • Using the wrong battery can • Lock the doors by pressing the button of cause the transmitter to malfunc- the front outside door handle with the tion. Be sure to use the correct smart key in your possession. battery. This system is designed to provide pro- After completion of the steps above, the • To avoid damaging the transmit- tection from unauthorized entry into the hazard warning lights and chime will ter, don't drop it, get it wet, or vehicle. This system is operated in three operate once to indicate that the system expose it to heat or sunlight. stages: the first is the "Armed" stage, the is armed. second is the "Theft-alarm" stage, and If any door remains open, the doors won't the third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig- lock and the chime will sound for 3 sec- CAUTION gered, the system provides an audible onds. Close the door and try again to lock alarm with blinking of the hazard warning the doors. An inappropriately disposed bat- lights. If trunk lid or engine hood remains open, tery can be harmful to the environ- the hazard warning lights and chime ment and human health. won't operate and theft-alarm will not Dispose the battery according to arm. After this, trunk lid and engine hood your local law(s) or regulation. are closed, the hazard warning lights blink once.

4 14 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:09 PM Page 15

Features of your vehicle

• Lock the doors by pressing the lock but- Using the transmitter Using the mechanical key ton on the smart key. Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Park the vehicle and stop the engine. After completion of the steps above, the Arm the system as described below. Arm the system as described below. hazard warning lights and chime will 1.Turn off the engine and remove the 1.Turn off the engine and remove the key operate once to indicate that the system ignition key from the ignition switch. from the ignition switch(if equipped). is armed. 2.Make sure that all doors, the engine 2.Make sure that all doors, the engine If any door, trunk lid or engine hood hood and trunk lid are closed and hood and trunk lid are closed and remains open, the hazard warning lights latched. latched. and chime won't operate and theft-alarm 3.Lock the doors by pressing the lock 3.Lock the doors by inserting the key into will not arm. After this, if all doors, trunk button on the transmitter. the key hole on the front outside door lid and engine hood are closed, the haz- After completion of the steps above, the handle and turning the key toward the ard warning lights blink once. hazard warning lights will blink once to front of the vehicle. indicate that the system is armed. If the If any door, trunk lid or engine hood lock button is pressed once more within 4 remains open, the theft-alarm will not seconds, hazard warning lights blink and arm. the horn sounds once to confirm that the system is armed. ✽ NOTICE If any door, trunk lid or engine hood If you lock or unlock the doors by using remains open, the hazard warning lights the mechanical key, the hazard warning (or/and horn) won't operate and theft- light and chime sound won't operate. alarm will not arm. After this, if all doors, trunk lid and engine hood are closed, the hazard warning lights blink once.

415 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 1/12/2010 5:50 PM Page 16

Features of your vehicle

Do not arm the system until all pas- Theft-alarm stage Opening the trunk with the alarm sengers have left the vehicle. If the The alarm will be activated if any of the armed (if equipped) system is armed while a passenger(s) following occurs while the system is When the alarm is armed, the alarm will remains in the vehicle, the alarm may armed. not sound if the trunk lid is opened with be activated when the remaining pas- • A door is opened without using the the transmitter (or smart key). senger(s) leave the vehicle. If any transmitter (or smart key or mechani- Once the trunk is opened and then door (or trunk) or engine hood is cal key). opened within 30 seconds after the closed, the trunk will be locked automati- • The trunk is opened without using the system enters the armed stage, the cally and the system will be armed again. transmitter (or smart key). system is disarmed to prevent an Also, if any of the doors or hood is unnecessary alarm. • The engine hood is opened. opened while the trunk lid is open and The horn will sound and the hazard the alarm is armed, the alarm will sound. warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 30 seconds, and the alarm will repeat once more unless the system is disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock the doors with the mechanical key or transmitter or smart key.

4 16 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:09 PM Page 17

Features of your vehicle

Disarmed stage Using the mechanical key ✽ NOTICE - Immobilizer system Using the smart key The system will be disarmed when the or smart key system The system will be disarmed when the doors are unlocked with the mechanical • If the system is not disarmed with the doors are unlocked by pressing the key. transmitter or smart key, insert the unlock button on the smart key or press- key into the ignition switch and start ing the lock/unlock button of the front out- ✽ NOTICE the engine or start the engine with the side door handle with the smart key in If you lock or unlock the doors by smart key. Then the system will be your possession. using the mechanical key, the hazard disarmed. After unlocking the doors, the hazard warning light and chime sound won't • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized HYUNDAI dealer. warning lights and chime will operate operate. twice to indicate that the system is disarmed. CAUTION After unlocking the doors, if any door is ✽ NOTICE - Non-immobilizer system Do not change, alter or adjust the not opened within 30 seconds, the sys- theft-alarm system because it could tem will be rearmed. • Avoid trying to start the engine while cause the theft-alarm system to the alarm is activated. The vehicle malfunction and should only be Using the transmitter starting motor is disabled during the serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI The system will be disarmed when the theft-alarm stage. dealer. If the system is not disarmed with the doors are unlocked with by pressing the Malfunctions caused by improper unlock button on the transmitter. transmitter, insert the key into the ignition switch, turn the ignition alterations, adjustments or modifi- After unlocking the doors, the hazard switch to the ON position and wait for cations to the theft-alarm system warning lights will blink twice to indicate 30 seconds. Then the system will be are not covered by your vehicle that the system is disarmed. disarmed. manufacturer warranty. After unlocking the doors, if any door is • If you lose your keys, consult your not opened within 30 seconds, the sys- authorized HYUNDAI dealer. tem will be rearmed.

417 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:09 PM Page 18

Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS • Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter (or smart key). • Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. Unlock Lock • When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

✽ NOTICE • In cold and wet climates, door locks OYF049006 and door mechanisms may not work OYF049007 properly due to freezing conditions. Operating door locks from out- • If the door is locked/unlocked multi- • To lock a door without the key, push the side the vehicle ple times in rapid succession with inside door lock button (1) or central • Turn the key toward the rear of the either the vehicle key or door lock door lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi- vehicle to unlock and toward the front switch, the system may stop operating tion and close the door (3). of the vehicle to lock. temporarily in order to protect the • If you lock the door with the central • If you lock the door with a key, all vehi- circuit and prevent damage to system door lock switch (2), all vehicle doors cle doors will lock automatically. components. will lock automatically. • From the driver’s door, turn the key ✽ toward the rear of the vehicle once to NOTICE unlock the driver’s door and once more Always remove the ignition key, engage within 4 seconds to unlock all doors. the parking brake, close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended.

4 18 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:09 PM Page 19

Features of your vehicle

• Front door cannot be locked if the igni- Driver’s door tion key is in the ignition switch and the door is open. • A door cannot be locked if the smart Lock key is in the vehicle and any door is open.

WARNING - Door lock mal- Unlock function If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehi- OYF049009 Passenger’s door OYF049008 cle, try one or more of the following techniques to exit: Operating door locks from inside • Operate the door unlock feature the vehicle repeatedly (both electronic and With the door lock button manual) while simultaneously • To unlock a door, push the door lock pulling on the door handle. button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The • Operate the other door locks and red mark (2) on the button will be visi- handles, front and rear. ble. • Lower a front window and use the • To lock a door, push the door lock but- key to unlock the door from out- ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door side. OYF049228N is locked properly, the red mark (2) on With central door lock switch the button will not be visible. Operate by depressing the central door • To open a door, pull the door handle lock switch. (3) outward. • When pushing down on the front por- • If the inner door handle of the front tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors door is pulled when the door lock but- will lock. ton is in lock position, the button is unlocked and door opens. • When pushing down on the rear portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.

419 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:10 PM Page 20

Features of your vehicle

• If the key is in the ignition switch and Impact sensing door unlock system front door is open, the doors will not WARNING - Unlocked (if equipped) lock even though the front portion (1) vehicles All doors will be automatically unlocked of central door lock switch is pressed. Leaving your vehicle unlocked can when the impact is delivered to impact • If the smart key is in the vehicle and invite theft or possible harm to you sensors while the ignition switch is ON. any door is open, the doors will not or others from someone hiding in However, the doors may not be unlocked lock even though the front portion(1) of your vehicle while you are gone. if mechanical problems occur with the central door lock switch is pressed. Always remove the ignition key, door lock system or battery. engage the parking brake, close all windows and lock all doors when ✽ leaving your vehicle unattended. NOTICE WARNING - Doors You can activate or deactivate some auto • The doors should always be fully door lock/unlock features in the vehicle closed and locked while the vehi- setting as follows; cle is in motion to prevent acci- WARNING - Unattended • Speed sensing auto door lock dental opening of the door. children • Auto door unlock by unlocking the Locked doors will also discour- An enclosed vehicle can become driver's door age potential intruders when the extremely hot, causing death or • Auto door unlock when the ignition vehicle stops or slows. severe injury to unattended chil- key is removed from the ignition • Be careful when opening doors dren or animals who cannot escape switch or the smart key is removed and watch for vehicles, motorcy- the vehicle. Furthermore, children from the smart key holder. cles, bicycles or pedestrians might operate features of the vehi- • Auto door lock/unlock by shifting the approaching the vehicle in the cle that could injure them, or they transmission shift lever out of P path of the door. Opening a door could encounter other harm, possi- (Park) or into P (Park) when something is approaching bly from someone gaining entry to If you want to activate or deactivate can cause damage or injury. the vehicle. Never leave children or some door lock/unlock feature, refer to animals unattended in your vehicle. the “vehicle setting” in this chapter.

4 20 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:10 PM Page 21

Features of your vehicle

3. Close the rear door. To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle (1). Even though the doors may be unlocked, the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle (2) until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear door locks If children accidentally open the OYF049010 rear doors while the vehicle is in Child-protector rear door lock motion, they could fall out of the vehicle, resulting in severe injury or The child safety lock is provided to help death. To prevent children from prevent children from accidentally open- opening the rear doors from the ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle. inside, the rear door safety locks The rear door safety locks should be should be used whenever children used whenever children are in the vehi- are in the vehicle. cle. 1. Open the rear door. 2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the hole and turn it to the lock ( ) position. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled.

421 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:10 PM Page 22

Features of your vehicle

TRUNK

■ Type A CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the trunk lift cylinders and attached ■ Type B hardware if the trunk is not closed prior to driving.

Closing the trunk OYF049011N To close the trunk, lower the trunk lid, OYF049012 then press down on it until it locks. To be sure the trunk lid is securely fastened, • To open the trunk from inside the vehi- always check by trying to pull it up again. cle, press the trunk lid release button. Once the trunk is opened and then closed, the trunk is locked automatically. WARNING The trunk lid should be always kept ✽ NOTICE completely closed while the vehicle In cold and wet climates, door locks and is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, door mechanisms may not work proper- poisonous exhaust gases may enter the vehicle and serious ill- OYF049231N ly due to freezing conditions. ness or death may result. Opening the trunk • To open the trunk, press the trunk WARNING unlock button for more than 1 second The trunk swing upward. Make sure on the transmitter (or smart key), press no objects or people are near the the button on the trunk handle with the rear of the vehicle when opening smart key in your possession, or insert the trunk. the master key (or mechanical key of the smart key) into the lock and turn it clockwise.

4 22 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:10 PM Page 23

Features of your vehicle

WARNING • No one should be allowed to occupy the trunk of the vehicle at any time. If the trunk is partially or totally latched and the person is unable to get out, severe injury or death could occur due to lack of ventilation, exhaust fumes and rapid heat build-up, or because of exposure to cold weather conditions. The trunk is also a highly OYF049013N dangerous location in the event OYF049004 Emergency trunk safety release of a crash because it is not a pro- Trunk lid control switch tected occupant space but mere- Your vehicle is equipped with an emer- ly a part of the vehicle’s crush The trunk lid control switch is used to gency trunk release cable located inside zone. prevent unauthorized access to the the trunk. The lever glows in the dark trunk. • Your vehicle should be kept when the trunk lid is closed. If someone locked and keys be kept out of • When the trunk lid control switch is is inadvertently locked in the trunk, the reach of children. Parents UNLOCK position ( ), the trunk can pulling this handle will release the trunk should teach their children about be unlocked with the trunk lid release latch mechanism and open the trunk. the dangers of playing in trunks. button and the transmitter (or smart key). • When the trunk lid control switch is LOCK position ( ), the trunk can be unlocked with the master key (or the mechanical key of the smart key) only.

423 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:10 PM Page 24

Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch * (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window up/down (if equipped) (7) Power window lock switch

✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

OYF049014 * : if equipped

4 24 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:10 PM Page 25

Features of your vehicle

Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate. Each door has a power window switch that controls the door's window. The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows. The driver’s door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle. The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK OYF049016 OYF049015N position. However, if the front doors Window opening and closing Auto down window (if equipped) open, the power windows cannot be To open or close a window, press down (driver’s window) operated within the 30 second period or pull up the front portion of the corre- Pressing the power window switch after ignition key removal. sponding switch to the first detent posi- momentarily to the second detent position (5). tion (6) completely lowers the driver’s ✽ NOTICE window even when the switch is While driving with the rear windows released. To stop the window at the down or with the sunroof (if equipped) in desired position while the window is in an open (or partially open) position, your operation, momentarily pull the switch in vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet- the direction opposite of the window ing or pulsation noise. This noise is a movement. normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening.

425 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:10 PM Page 26

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver’s window is only active when the “auto up” feature is used by fully pulling up the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch.

WARNING Always check for obstructions OYF049015 OUN026013 before raising any window to avoid Auto up/down window (if equipped) Automatic reversal injuries or vehicle damage. If an Pressing or pulling up the power window If the upward movement of the window is object less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) in switch momentarily to the second detent blocked by an object or part of the body, diameter is caught between the position (6) completely lowers or lifts the the window will detect the resistance and window glass and the upper win- window even when the switch is released. will stop upward movement. The window dow channel, the automatic reverse To stop the window at the desired position will then lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 window may not detect the resist- while the window is in operation, momen- cm) to allow the object to be cleared. ance and will not stop and reverse direction. tarily pull the switch in the direction oppo- If the window detects the resistance site of the window’s movement. while the power window switch is pulled If the power window is not operated cor- up continuously, the window will stop rectly, the automatic power window system upward movement then lower approxi- must be reset as follows: mately 1 in. (2.5 cm). If the power window 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi- switch is pulled up continuously again tion. within 5 seconds after the window is low- 2. Close driver’s windows and continue ered by the automatic window reversal pulling up on the power window switch feature, the automatic window reversal for at least 1 second after the window is will not operate. completely closed.

4 26 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:10 PM Page 27

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING - Windows • To prevent possible damage to • NEVER leave the ignition key (or the power window system, do not smart key) in the vehicle. open or close two windows or • NEVER leave any child unattend- more at the same time. This will ed in the vehicle. Even very also ensure the longevity of the young children may inadvertently fuse. cause the vehicle to move, entan- • Never try to operate the main gle themselves in the windows, switch on the driver's door and or otherwise injure themselves or the individual door window others. switch in opposing directions at • Always double check to make OYF049017 the same time. If this is done, the sure all arms, hands, head and Power window lock button window will stop and cannot be other obstructions are safely out • The driver can disable the power win- opened or closed. of the way before closing a window switches on a front and rear pas- dow. senger door by pressing the power • Do not allow children to play with window lock button located on the dri- the power windows. Keep the driver’s door to the LOCK position ver’s door power window lock (pressed). switch in the LOCK position • When the power window lock button (depressed). Serious injury can is in the LOCK position (pressed), result from unintentional window the driver’s master control cannot operation by the child. operate the front and rear passen- • Do not extend any head or arms ger door power windows. outside through the window opening while driving.

427 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:11 PM Page 28

Features of your vehicle

HOOD

WARNING • Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury. • Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment. Doing so OYF049018 OYF049019N may cause a heat-induced fire. Opening the hood 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the • Always double check to be sure 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood slightly, pull the secondary latch that the hood is firmly latched hood. The hood should pop open (1) inside of the hood center and lift before driving away. If it is not slightly. the hood (2). latched, the hood could open 3. Raise the hood. It will raise completely while the vehicle is being driven, by itself after it has been raised about causing a total loss of visibility, halfway. which might result in an accident. • Do not move the vehicle with the Closing the hood hood raised. The view will be 1. Before closing the hood, check the fol- blocked and the hood could fall lowing: or be damaged. • All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment. 2. Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place.

4 28 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:11 PM Page 29

Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it “click”. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed.

WARNING - Refueling • If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin OYF049020 OYF049021 and thus subject you to the risk Opening the fuel filler lid 1. Stop the engine. of fire and burns. Always remove The fuel filler lid must be opened from 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the fuel the fuel cap carefully and slowly. inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel filler lid opener button. If the cap is venting fuel or if you filler lid opener button. 3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully hear a hissing sound, wait until open. the condition stops before completely removing the cap. ✽ NOTICE 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank cap (2) counterclockwise. • Do not "top off" after the nozzle If the fuel filler lid will not open because automatically shuts off when ice has formed around it, tap lightly or 5. Refuel as needed. refueling. push on the lid to break the ice and • Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth- release the lid. Do not pry on the lid. If erwise the Malfunction Indicator necessary, spray around the lid with an Light will illuminate. approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a • Always check that the fuel cap is warm place and allow the ice to melt. installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

429 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:11 PM Page 30

Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling dan- (Continued) (Continued) gers • Do not get back into a vehicle Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to Automotive fuels are flammable once you have begun refueling carry and store gasoline. materials. When refueling, please since you can generate static note the following guidelines care- electricity by touching, rubbing • Do not use cellular phones while fully. Failure to follow these guide- or sliding against any item or fab- refueling. Electric current and/or lines may result in severe personal ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) electronic interference from cel- injury, severe burns or death by fire capable of producing static elec- lular phones can potentially or explosion. tricity. Static electricity discharge ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. • Read and follow all warnings can ignite fuel vapors resulting in • When refueling, always shut the posted at the gas station facility. rapid burning. If you must re- engine off. Sparks produced by electrical components related to • Before refueling, note the loca- enter the vehicle, you should the engine can ignite fuel vapors tion of the Emergency Gasoline once again eliminate potentially causing a fire. Once refueling is Shut-Off, if available, at the gas dangerous static electricity dis- complete, check to make sure the station facility. charge by touching a metal part filler cap and filler door are • Before touching the fuel nozzle, of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gaso- securely closed, before starting you should eliminate potentially the engine. dangerous static electricity dis- line source. • DO NOT use matches or a lighter charge by touching another metal • When using an approved and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit part of the vehicle, a safe dis- portable fuel container, be sure to cigarette in your vehicle while at tance away from the fuel filler place the container on the a gas station especially during neck, nozzle, or other gas source. ground prior to refueling. Static refueling. Automotive fuel is (Continued) electricity discharge from the highly flammable and can, when container can ignite fuel vapors ignited, result in fire. causing a fire. Once refueling has (Continued) begun, contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete. (Continued)

4 30 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:11 PM Page 31

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) • If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department or 911. Follow any safety instructions they provide.

CAUTION OYF049023 • Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the "Fuel require- Emergency fuel filler lid release ments" suggested in section 1. An emergency fuel filler lid release is • If the fuel filler cap requires located in the luggage compartment, on replacement, use only a genuine the left side. HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent If the fuel filler lid does not open using specified for your vehicle. An the remote fuel filler lid release, you can incorrect fuel filler cap can result open it manually. Pull the handle outward in a serious malfunction of the slightly. fuel system or emission control system. CAUTION • Do not spill fuel on the exterior Do not pull the handle excessively, surfaces of the vehicle. Any type otherwise the luggage area trim or of fuel spilled on painted surfaces release handle may be damaged. may damage the paint. • After refueling, make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

431 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:11 PM Page 32

Features of your vehicle

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is in the fully open, closed, or tilt position. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.

✽ NOTICE The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while OYF049024 in an open or slide position. OYF049200 If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, Sliding the sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the To open or close the sunroof (manual sunroof control switch located on the WARNING slide feature), pull or push the sunroof overhead console. Never adjust the sunroof or sun- control lever backward or forward to the shade while driving. This could first detent position. The sunroof can only be opened, closed, result in loss of control and an acci- Pulling the control lever downward also or tilted when the ignition switch is in the dent that may cause death, serious closes the sunroof. injury, or property damage. ON position. To open or close the sunroof completely even when the lever is released (auto ✽ NOTICE slide feature), pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the • In cold and wet climates, the sunroof second detent position. The sunroof will may not work properly due to freez- slide all the way open or closed. To stop ing conditions. the sunroof sliding at any point, pull or • After washing the car or after there is push the sunroof control lever momentar- rain, be sure to wipe off any water ily in the opposite direction of sunroof that is on the sunroof before operating movement. it.

4 32 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:11 PM Page 33

Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Sunroof • Be careful that someone’s head, hands and body are not trapped by a closing sunroof. • Do not extend face, neck, arms or body outside through the sunroof opening while driving. • Make sure hand and face are safely out of the way before closing a sunroof.

OBH048032 OYF049201 Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof CAUTION If an object or part of the body is detect- To open the sunroof, push the sunroof ed while the sunroof is closing automati- • Periodically remove any dirt that control lever upward until the sunroof may accumulate on the guide rail. cally, it will reverse direction, and then moves to the desired position. • If you try to open the sunroof stop. To close the sunroof, pull the sunroof The auto reverse function does not work when the temperature is below lever downward until the sunroof moves freezing or when the sunroof is if a small obstacle is between the sliding to the desired position. glass and the sunroof sash. You should covered with snow or ice, the always check that all passengers and glass or the motor could be dam- objects are away from the sunroof before aged. closing it. • The sunroof is made to slide together with sunshade. Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open.

433 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:11 PM Page 34

Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof ❈ For more detailed information, contact Whenever the vehicle battery is discon- an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. nected or discharged, or related fuse is blown, you must reset your sunroof sys- CAUTION tem as follows: If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON discharged, or related fuse is position and close the sunroof com- blown, the sunroof may operate pletely. improperly. 2. Release the control lever. 3. Within 3seconds, pull and hold the control lever downward until the sun- OBK049019 roof tilts and slightly moves up and Sunshade down. Then, release the lever. The sunshade will be opened with the 4. Pull and hold the control lever down- glass panel automatically when the glass ward until the sunroof is operated as panel is slid.You will have to close it man- follows; ually if you want it closed. TILT DOWN o SLIDE OPEN o CAUTION SLIDE CLOSE The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade. Do not Then, release the control lever. leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open. When this is complete, the sunroof system is reset.

4 34 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:11 PM Page 35

Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) ✽ NOTICE The power steering uses a motor to CAUTION The following symptoms may occur dur- assist you in steering the vehicle. If the • If the Electric Power Steering ing normal vehicle operation: engine is off or if the power steering sys- System does not operate normal- • The EPS warning light does not illumi- tem becomes inoperative, the vehicle ly, the warning light will illuminate nate. may still be steered, but it will require on the instrument cluster. The • The steering effort is high immediately increased steering effort. steering wheel may become diffi- after turning the ignition switch on. The motor driven power steering is con- cult to control or operate abnor- This happens as the system performs trolled by a power steering control unit mally. Take your vehicle to an the EPS system diagnostics. When the which senses the steering wheel torque authorized HYUNDAI dealer and diagnostics is completed, the steering and vehicle speed to command the have the vehicle checked as soon wheel will return to its normal condi- motor. as possible. tion. The steering becomes heavier as the • When you operate the steering • A click noise may be heard from the vehicle’s speed increases and becomes wheel in low temperature, abnor- EPS relay after the ignition switch is lighter as the vehicle’s speed decreases mal noise could occur. If tempera- turned to the ON or LOCK position. for optimum steering control. ture rises, the noise will disap- • A motor noise may be heard when the pear. This is a normal condition. Should you notice any change in the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving effort required to steer during normal speed. vehicle operation, have the power steer- • If the Electric Power Steering System ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI does not operate normally, the warn- dealer. ing light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible. • When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise could occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.

435 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 36

Features of your vehicle

Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive. You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges.

WARNING OYF049026N OYF049027 • Never adjust the angle of the To change the steering wheel angle, pull Horn steering wheel while driving. You down the lock release lever (1), adjust To sound the horn, press the horn sym- may lose steering control and the steering wheel to the desired angle bol on your steering wheel. cause severe personal injury, (2) and height (if equipped) (3), then pull Check the horn regularly to be sure it death or accidents. up the lock-release lever to lock the operates properly. • After adjusting, push the steering steering wheel in place. Be sure to adjust wheel both up and down to be the steering wheel to the desired position ✽ NOTICE certain it is locked in position. before driving. To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp- pointed object.

4 36 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 37

Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with ® Adjust the rearview mirror so that the HomeLink system and compass center view through the rear window is (if equipped) seen. Make this adjustment before you Your vehicle may be equipped with a start driving. Night Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless WARNING - Rear visibility Control System. During nighttime driving, Do not place objects in the rear this feature will automatically detect and seat or cargo area which would reduce rearview mirror glare while the interfere with your vision through Day compass indicates the direction the vehi- the rear window. cle is pointed. The HomeLink® Universal OYF049028N Transceiver allows you to activate your Day/night rearview mirror garage door(s), electric gate, home lighting, etc. Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

437 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 38

Features of your vehicle

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Automatic-dimming function Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror Your mirror will automatically dim upon The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is the detecting glare from the vehicles travel- most advanced way to reduce annoying ing behind you. The auto-dimming func- glare in the rearview mirror during any tion can be controlled by the Dimming driving situation. For more information ON/OFF Button: regarding NVS® mirrors and other appli- cations, please refer to the Gentex web- 1. Pressing the button turns the auto- site: dimming function OFF which is indicat- www.gentex.com ed by the green Status Indicator LED turning off. CAUTION 2. Pressing the button again turns the OYF049230C The NVS® Mirror automatically auto-dimming function ON which is (1) Channel 1 button reduces glare during driving condi- indicated by the green Status Indicator (2) Channel 2 button tions based upon light levels moni- LED turning on. (3) Status indicator LED tored in front of the vehicle and (4) Channel 3 button from the rear of the vehicle. These ✽ NOTICE (5) Rear light sensor light sensors are visible through The mirror defaults to the ON position (6) Dimming ON/OFF button openings in the front and rear of the each time the vehicle is started. mirror case. Any object that (7) Compass control button obstructs either light sensor will (8) Compass display degrade the automatic dimming control feature.

4 38 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 39

Features of your vehicle

Z-Nav™ Compass Display The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z-Nav™ Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled. To turn the display feature ON/OFF: 1. Press and release the button to turn the display feature OFF. 2. Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON. Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.

There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. The compass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating. This is set either by the dealer or by the user. The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following section. B520C05NF

439 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 40

Features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting: 1. Press and hold the button for more 1. Determine the desired Zone Number than 6 seconds. When the compass CAUTION based upon your current location on memory is cleared a "C" will appear in Before programming HomeLink® to the Zone Map. the display. a garage door opener or gate oper- 2. Press and hold the button for more 2. To calibrate the compass, drive the ator, make sure that people and than 3 but less than 6 seconds, the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less objects are out of the way of the current Zone Number will appear on than 5 mph (8 km/h). device to prevent potential harm or the display. damage. Do not use HomeLink ® with any garage door opener that 3. Pressing and holding the button ® Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control lacks the safety stop and reverse again will cause the numbers to incre- System ment (Note: they will repeat …13, 14, features required by U.S. federal The HomeLink® Wireless Control 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing the button safety standards (this includes any System provides a convenient way to when the desired Zone Number garage door opener model manu- replace up to three hand-held radio-fre- appears on the display will set the new factured before April 1, 1982). A quency (RF) transmitters with a single Zone. garage door that cannot detect an built-in device. This innovative feature will object - signaling the door to stop 4. Within about 5 seconds the compass learn the radio frequency codes of most and reverse - does not meet current will start displaying a compass head- current transmitters to operate devices U.S. federal safety standards. Using ing again. such as gate operators, garage door a garage door opener without these openers, entry door locks, security sys- features increases the risk of seri- There are some conditions that can tems, even home lighting. Both standard ous injury or death. cause changes to the vehicle magnets, and rolling code-equipped transmitters such as installing a ski rack or a CB can be programmed by following the out- antenna. Body repair work on the vehicle lined procedures. Additional HomeLink® Retain the original transmitter of the RF can also cause changes to the vehicle's information can be found at: www.home- device you are programming for use in magnetic field. In these situations, the link.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515. other vehicles as well as for future compass will need to be re-calibrated to HomeLink® programming. It is also sug- quickly correct for these changes. To re- gested that upon the sale of the vehicle, calibrate the compass: the programmed HomeLink® buttons be erased for security purposes.

4 40 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 41

Features of your vehicle

Programming HomeLink® Standard programming 5. Press and hold the just-trained ✽ NOTICE To train most devices, follow these HomeLink® button and observe the red • When programming a garage door instructions: Status Indicator LED. If the indicator opener, it is advised to park the vehi- 1. For first-time programming, press and light stays on constantly, programming hold the two outside buttons, is complete and your device should cle outside of the garage. ® • It is recommended that a new battery HomeLink® Channel 1 and Channel 3 activate when the HomeLink button is be placed in the hand-held transmit- Buttons, until the indicator light begins pressed and released. ter of the device being programmed to to flash (after 20 seconds). Release 6. To program the remaining two HomeLink® for quicker training and both buttons. Do not hold the buttons HomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2 accurate transaxle of the radio-fre- for longer than 30 seconds. through 5. quency signal. 2. Position the end of your hand-held • Some vehicles may require the igni- transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) away Rolling code programming tion switch to be turned to the second from the HomeLink® buttons while Rolling code devices which are "code- (or "accessories") position for pro- keeping the indicator light in view. protected" and manufactured after 1996 gramming and/or operation of 3. Simultaneously press and hold both may be determined by the following: HomeLink. the HomeLink® and hand-held trans- • Reference the device owner's manual • In the event that there are still pro- mitter button. DO NOT release the but- for verification. gramming difficulties or questions tons until step 4 has been completed. • The handheld transmitter appears to after following the programming steps 4. While continuing to hold the buttons program the HomeLink® Universal listed below, contact HomeLink® at: the red Indicator Status LED will flash Transceiver but does not activate the www.homelink.com or 1-800-355- slowly and then rapidly after device. 3515. ® HomeLink successfully trains to the • Press and hold the trained HomeLink frequency signal from the hand-held button. The device has the rolling code transmitter. Release both buttons. feature if the indicator light flashes rapidly and then turns solid after 2 seconds.

441 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 42

Features of your vehicle

To train rolling code devices, follow these 3. Return to the vehicle, firmly press and Gate operator & Canadian program- instructions: hold for two seconds the desired ming 1. At the garage door opener receiver HomeLink® button then release. During programming, your handheld (motor-head unit) in the garage, locate Repeat the "press/hold/release" transmitter may automatically stop trans- the "learn" or "smart" button. This can sequence a second time to complete mitting. Continue to press the Integrated usually be found where the hanging the programming. (Some devices may HomeLink® Wireless Control System but- antenna wire is attached to the motor- require you to repeat this sequence a ton (note steps 2 through 4 in the head unit. Exact location and color of third time to complete the program- Standard Programming portion of this the button may vary by garage door ming.) document) while you press and re-press opener brand. 4. Press and hold the just-trained ("cycle") your handheld transmitter every If there is difficulty locating the training HomeLink® button and observe the red two seconds until the frequency signal button, reference the device owner's Status Indicator LED. If the indicator has been learned. The indicator light will manual or please visit our Web site at light stays on constantly, programming flash slowly and then rapidly after sever- www.homelink.com. is complete and your device should al seconds upon successful training. 2. Firmly press and release the "learn" or activate. "smart" button (which activates the 5. To program the remaining two Operating HomeLink® ® "training light"). HomeLink buttons, follow either steps To operate, simply press and release the 1 through 4 above for other Rolling programmed HomeLink® button. ✽ NOTICE Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Activation will now occur for the trained Standard Programming for standard device (i.e. garage door opener, gate There are 30 seconds in which to initiate devices. step3. operator, security system, entry door lock, home/office lighting, etc.). For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time.

4 42 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 43

Features of your vehicle

Reprogramming a single HomeLink® Erasing HomeLink® buttons FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 button Individual buttons cannot be erased. IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 To program a new device to a previously However, to erase all three programmed ® trained HomeLink button, follow these buttons: This device complies with Part 15 of steps: 1. Press and hold the two outer the FCC Rules. ® ® 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink HomeLink buttons until the indicator Operation is subject to the following two button. Do NOT release until step 4 light begins to flash-after 20 seconds. conditions: has been completed. 2. Release both buttons. Do not hold for 1. this device may not cause harmful 2. When the indicator light begins to flash longer than 30 seconds. interference, and ® slowly (after 20 seconds), position the The Integrated HomeLink Wireless 2. This device must accept any interfer- handheld transmitter 1 to 3 inches Control System is now in the training ® ence received, including interference away from the HomeLink surface. (learn) mode and can be programmed at that may cause undesired operation. 3. Press and hold the handheld transmit- any time following the appropriate steps ter button. The HomeLink® indicator in the Programming sections above. light will flash, first slowly and then rap- WARNING idly. The transceiver has been tested 4. When the indicator light begins to flash and complies with FCC and rapidly, release both buttons. Industry Canada rules. Changes or 5. Press and hold the just-trained modifications not expressly HomeLink® button and observe the red approved by the party responsible Status Indicator LED. If the indicator for compliance could void the light stays on constantly, programming user's authority to operate the is complete and your new device device. should activate.

NVS® is a registered trademark and Z- Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. HomeLink® is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

443 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 44

Features of your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before CAUTION driving. Do not scrape ice off the mirror Your vehicle is equipped with both left- face; this may damage the surface hand and right-hand outside rearview of the glass. If ice should restrict mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted movement of the mirror, do not remotely with the remote switch. The mir- force the mirror for adjustment. To ror heads can be folded back to prevent remove ice, use a deicer spray, or a damage during an automatic car wash or sponge or soft cloth with warm when passing in a narrow street. water.

WARNING - Rearview mir- CAUTION OYF049033 rors If the mirror is jammed with ice, do Remote control • The right outside rearview mirror not adjust the mirror by force. Use The electric remote control mirror switch is convex. Objects seen in the an approved spray de-icer (not radi- allows you to adjust the position of the mirror are closer than they ator antifreeze) to release the left and right outside rearview mirrors. To appear. frozen mechanism or move the adjust the position of either mirror, the • Use your interior rearview mirror vehicle to a warm place and allow ignition switch should be in the ACC or or direct observation to deter- the ice to melt. ON position, or engine is running. Push mine the actual distance of fol- the switch (1) to R or L to select the right lowing vehicles when changing side mirror or the left side mirror, then lanes. press a corresponding point on the mirror WARNING adjustment control to position the select- Do not adjust or fold the outside ed mirror up, down, left or right. rearview mirrors while the vehicle After the adjustment, put the switch into is moving. This could result in loss the neutral (center) position to prevent of control, and an accident which inadvertent adjustment. could cause death, serious injury or property damage.

4 44 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 45

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor contin- ues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand. Doing so may damage the mirror. OYF049034 Folding the outside rearview mirror (if equipped) To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror. Lift slightly straight up, then rotate mirror towards the rear of the vehicle. These mirrors rotate on an upwards angle.

445 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:12 PM Page 46

Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer 2. Turn signal indicators 3. Speedometer 4. Engine temperature gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. Fuel gauge 7. Odometer/Trip computer

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details refer to the "Gauges" section in the next pages.

OYF049040N

4 46 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 47

Features of your vehicle

OYF049042

OYF049043N OYF049045N Gauges Tachometer Speedometer The tachometer indicates the approxi- The speedometer indicates the speed of mate number of engine revolutions per the vehicle. minute (rpm). The speedometer is calibrated in miles Use the tachometer to select the correct per hour and/or kilometers per hour. shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine. When the door is open, or if the engine is not started within 1 minute, the tachome- OYF049235N ter pointer may move slightly in ON posi- Instrument panel illumination tion with the engine OFF.This movement When the vehicle’s parking lights or is normal and will not affect the accuracy headlights are on, push the illumination of the tachometer once the engine is run- control switch left or right to adjust the ning. brightness of the instrument panel illumination. The illumination intensity will show on the LCD screen.

447 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 48

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING Do not operate the engine within Never remove the radiator cap the tachometer's RED ZONE. when the engine is hot. The engine This may cause severe engine dam- coolant is under pressure and age. H could cause severe burns. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.

OYF049047 Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON. Do not continue driving with an overheat- ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the “H” position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine.

4 48 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 49

Features of your vehicle

■ Type A ■ Type B WARNING - Fuel gauge Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the E level.

OYF049048 CAUTION OYF049049/OYF049049N Avoid driving with a very low fuel Fuel gauge level. Running out of fuel could Trip computer The fuel gauge indicates the approxi- cause the engine to misfire, damag- The trip computer is a microcomputer mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel ing the catalytic converter. controlled driver information system that tank. The fuel tank capacity is given in displays information related to driving no section 8. The fuel gauge is supplement- the LCD screen when the ignition switch ed by a low fuel warning light, which will is in the ON position. If the battery is dis- illuminate when the fuel tank is near connected, then all stored driving infor- empty. mation (except odometer) is reset. On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.

449 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 50

Features of your vehicle

TRIP A

TRIP B

Distance to empty

Average fuel consumption

Instant fuel consumption OYF049050N OYF049051N Odometer (mi. or km) Tripmeter (mi. or km) The odometer indicates the total dis- TRIP A : Tripmeter A Average speed tance the vehicle has been driven. TRIP B : Tripmeter B You will also find the odometer useful to This mode indicates the distance of indi- determine when periodic maintenance vidual trips selected since the last trip- Elapsed time should be performed. meter reset. The odometer is always displayed until The meter's working range is from 0.0 to ECO ON/OFF* the display is turned off. 999.9 miles (0.0 to 9999.9 km). Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second, when the tripmeter (TRIP * : if equipped A or TRIP B) is being displayed, clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).

4 50 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 51

Features of your vehicle

OYF049052N OYF049055A OYF049054A Distance to empty (mi. or km) Average fuel consumption (if equipped) Instant fuel consumption (MPG orl/100km) This mode indicates the estimated dis- (MPG or l/100 km) This mode calculates the instant fuel tance to empty based on the current fuel This mode calculates the average fuel consumption every 2 seconds (supervi- in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel consumption from the total fuel used and sion type : every 0.2 second) from the delivered to the engine. When the the distance since the last average con- driving distance and quantity of fuel remaining distance is below 30 miles (50 sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal- injection. km), “---” will be displayed and the dis- culated from the fuel consumption input. tance to empty indicator will blink. For an accurate calculation, drive more The meter’s working range is from 30 to than 0.03 miles (50 m). 990 miles (50 to 990 km). Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second, when the average fuel consumption is being displayed, clears the average fuel consumption to zero (----). If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.6 MPH (1km/h) after being refueled with more than 1.6 gallons (6 l), the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero (----).

451 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 52

Features of your vehicle

OYF049056A OYF049057N OYF049058N Average speed (MPH or km/h) Elapsed time ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped) This mode calculates the average speed This mode indicates the total time trav- You can turn the ECO indicator on/off on of the vehicle since the last average eled since the last driving time reset. the instrument cluster in this mode. speed reset. Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the If you push the RESET button for more Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the driving time keeps increasing while the than 1 second in the ECO ON mode, average speed keeps changing while the engine is running. ECO OFF is displayed in the screen and engine is running. The meter’s working range is from the ECO indicator turns off. Pressing the RESET button for more 0:00~99:59. If you want to display the ECO indicator than 1 second, when the average speed Pressing the RESET button for more again, press the RESET button for more is being displayed, clears the average than 1 second, when the driving time is than 1 second in the ECO OFF mode speed to zero (---). being displayed, clears the driving time to and then ECO ON mode is displayed in zero (0:00). the screen.

4 52 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 53

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Auto door lock • If the vehicle is not on level ground or Off - The auto door lock operation will be the battery power has been interrupt- canceled. ed, the “Distance to empty” function Speed - All doors will be automatically may not operate correctly. locked when the vehicle speed The trip computer may not register exceeds 9.3mph (15km/h). additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons (6 Shift Lever (if equipped) - liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle. All doors will be automatically locked if • The fuel consumption and distance to the shift lever is shifted from the P(Park) empty values may vary significantly position to the R(Reverse), N(Neutral) or based on driving conditions, driving D(Drive) position. habits, and condition of the vehicle. • The distance to empty value is an esti- OYF049232N Auto door unlock mate of the available driving distance. Vehicle setting This value may differ from the actual Off - The auto door unlock operation will driving distance available. When the vehicle is at a standstill, press- be canceled. ing the TRIP button for more than 2 sec- Key Out - All doors will be automatically onds with the engine start/stop button in unlocked when the ignition the ON position or engine running, the key is removed from ignition LCD screen on the cluster will change to switch (or smart key is the vehicle setting mode. removed from the smart key You can change the item by pressing the holder). TRIP button and choose the item by Door - All doors will be automatically pressing the RESET button. unlocked if the driver's door is unlocked inside. Shift Lever (if equipped) - All doors will be automatically unlocked if the shift lever is shifted to the P(Park) position.

453 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 54

Features of your vehicle

Two-press unlock Headlamp delay Warnings and indicators Driver Door 1st Press - The driver's On - If you turn the ignition switch to the All warning lights are checked by turning door will unlock when pressing the ACC or OFF position with the head- the ignition switch ON (do not start the unlock button on the transmitter or smart lamp ON, the headlamps remain on engine). Any light that does not illuminate key, pressing the button of the driver's for about 20 minutes. Also, the should be checked by an authorized outside door handle with the smart key, headlamp welcome operation will HYUNDAI dealer. or inserting the key into the key hole of be activated. Refer to the [LIGHT- After starting the engine, check to make the driver's outside door and turning the ING] section in this chapter. sure that all warning lights are off. If any key toward the rear of the vehicle. All Off - The headlamp delay and headlamp are still on, this indicates a situation that doors will unlock when pressing the welcome operation will be can- needs attention. When releasing the unlock button on the transmitter or smart celed. parking brake, the brake system warning key, pressing the button of the driver's light should go off. The fuel warning light outside door handle with the smart key, Horn feedback (if equipped) will stay on if the fuel level is low. or inserting the key into the key hole of the driver's outside door and turning the On - After locking the door by pressing key toward the rear of the vehicle within the lock button on the transmitter, if 4 seconds. you press the lock button again within 4 seconds, the warning All Doors 1st Press - All doors will sound will operate once to indicate unlock when pressing the unlock button that all doors are locked. on the transmitter or smart key, pressing the button of the driver's outside door Off - The Horn feedback operation will handle with the smart key, or inserting be canceled. the key into the key hole of the driver's outside door and turning the key toward the rear of the vehicle.

4 54 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 55

Features of your vehicle

ECO indicator Air bag warning light Anti-lock brake system (if equipped) ECO (ABS) warning light

The ECO indicator light helps that you to This warning light will illuminate for This light illuminates if the ignition switch drive economically. approximately 6 seconds each time you is turned ON and goes off in approxi- It is displayed if you drive fuel efficiently turn the ignition switch to the ON posi- mately 3 seconds if the system is operat- to help you improve fuel efficiency. tion. ing normally. • The ECO indicator (green) will turn on This light also comes on when the If the ABS warning light remains on, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) is when you are driving fuel efficiently in comes on while driving, or does not not working properly. If the SRS air bag the ECO ON mode. come on when the ignition switch is warning light does not come on, or turned to the ON position, this indicates If you don't want the indicator dis- continuously remains on after operating played, you can turn the ECO ON that there may be a malfunction with the for about 6 seconds when you turned the ABS. mode to OFF mode by pressing the ignition switch to the ON position or start- TRIP button. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked ed the engine, or if it comes on while by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as As per ECO ON/OFF Mode operation, driving, have the SRS inspected by an soon as possible. The normal braking refer to the previous page. (if equipped) authorized HYUNDAI dealer. system will still be operational, but with- • The fuel-efficiency can be changed by out the assistance of the anti-lock brake the driver's driving habits and road system. conditions. • The ECO indicator does not funtion in P (Park), and N (Neutral), R (Reverse). • When the instant fuel consumption mode is displayed on the LCD screen, the ECO indicator turns off (if equipped).

455 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 56

Features of your vehicle

Electronic brake force distri- ✽ NOTICE Conditions Warning Pattern bution (EBD) system warning If the ABS warning light or EBD warn- Vehicle Chime- light Seat Belt Light-Blink ing light is on and stays on, the Speed Sound speedometer or odometer/tripmeter Unbuckled 6 seconds may not work. In this case, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Buckled 6 seconds None HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Below 3 mph 6 seconds None If these two warning lights illuminate at (5 km/h) Buckled o 3 mph~ the same time while driving, your vehicle 6 seconds may have a malfunction with the ABS Seat belt warning Unbuckled 6 mph and EBD system. Above 6 mph 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off In this case, your ABS and regular brake (10 km/h) (11 times) system may not work normally. Have the The driver's seat belt warning light and vehicle checked by an authorized Above 6 mph chime will activate to the following table 1 HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. (10 km/h) 6 seconds * when the ignition switch is in "ON" posi- Unbuckled p p tion. Below 3 mph Stop *2 WARNING (5 km/h) If the both ABS and brake warning lights are on and stay on, your vehi- *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with cle’s brake system will not work interval 24 seconds. If the driver's seat normally during sudden braking. In belt is buckled, the light will stop within this case, avoid high speed driving 6 seconds and chime will stop immedi- and abrupt braking. Have your vehi- ately. cle checked by an authorized 2 HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- * The light will stop within 6 seconds and ble. chime will stop immediately.

4 56 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 57

Features of your vehicle

Turn signal indicator Engine oil pressure warning light CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run- The blinking arrows on the instrument This warning light indicates the engine oil ning, serious engine damage may panel show the direction indicated by the pressure is low. result. The oil pressure warning turn signals. If the arrow comes on but If the warning light illuminates while driv- light comes on whenever there is does not blink, blinks more rapidly than ing: insufficient oil pressure. In normal normal, or does not illuminate at all, a operation, it should come on when 1. Drive safely to the side of the road and the ignition switch is turned on, malfunction in the turn signal system is stop. indicated. Your dealer should be consult- then go out when the engine is 2. With the engine off, check the engine ed for repairs. started. If the oil pressure warning oil level. If the level is low, add oil as light stays on while the engine is required. running, there is a serious malfunc- High beam indicator If the warning light remains on after tion. adding oil or if oil is not available, call an If this happens, stop the car as authorized HYUNDAI dealer. soon as it is safe to do so, turn off the engine and check the oil level. If This indicator illuminates when the head- CAUTION the oil level is low, fill the engine oil lights are on and in the high beam posi- If the engine is not stopped imme- to the proper level and start the tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled diately after the engine oil pressure engine again. If the light stays on into the Flash-to-Pass position. warning light is illuminated, severe with the engine running, turn the damage could result. engine off immediately. In any Tail light indicator instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running, the engine should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer before This indicator illuminates when the tail the car is driven again. lights are on.

457 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 58

Features of your vehicle

Parking brake & brake fluid Low brake fluid level warning To check bulb operation, check whether warning light If the warning light remains on, it may the parking brake and brake fluid warning indicate that the brake fluid level in the light illuminates when the ignition switch reservoir is low. is in the ON position. Parking brake warning If the warning light remains on: This light is illuminated when the parking 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe WARNING brake is applied with the ignition switch in location and stop your vehicle. the START or ON position. The warning Driving the vehicle with a warning 2. With the engine stopped, check the light on is dangerous. If the brake light should go off when the parking brake fluid level immediately and add brake is released. warning light remains on, have the fluid as required. Then check all brake brakes checked and repaired imme- components for fluid leaks. diately by an authorized HYUNDAI 3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are dealer. found, the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly. Have the vehicle towed to any authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs. Your vehicle is equipped with a dual- diagonal braking system.This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the brake circuits is damaged or malfunctions. With only one of the circuits working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car. Also, the car will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working. If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so.

4 58 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 59

Features of your vehicle

Low tire pressure Automatic Transaxle shift telltale WARNING - Safe stopping indicator • The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage The low tire pressure telltale illuminates caused by external factors. The indicator displays which automatic when one or more of your tires is signifi- • If you feel any vehicle instability, transaxle shift position is selected. cantly underinflated. immediately take your foot off the The low tire pressure telltale will illumi- accelerator, apply the brakes Manual transaxle shift nate after it blinks for approximately one gradually and with light force, indicator (if equipped) minute when there is a problem with the and slowly move to a safe posi- Tire Pressure Monitoring System. tion off the road. If this occurs, have the system checked This indicator informs you which gear is by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as desired while driving to save fuel. soon as possible. For example For details, refer to the TPMS on chapter : Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd 6. gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 2nd gear). WARNING - Low tire pres- : Indicates that shifting down to the sure 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th gear). Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control ✽ NOTICE and increased braking distances. When the system is not working proper- Continued driving on tires with low ly, up & down arrow indicator and Gear pressure will cause the tires to are not displayed. overheat and fail.

459 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 60

Features of your vehicle

Charging system warning Trunk lid open warning Immobilizer indicator light light

Without smart key system This warning light indicates a malfunction This warning light illuminates when the This light illuminates when the immobiliz- of either the generator or electrical er key is inserted and turned to the ON charging system. trunk lid is not closed securely with the ignition in any position. position to start the engine. If the warning light comes on while the At this time, you can start the engine. The vehicle is in motion: light goes out after the engine is running. 1. Drive to the nearest safe location. Door open position indicator If this light blinks when the ignition switch 2. With the engine off, check the genera- is in the ON position before starting the tor drive belt for looseness or break- engine, have the system checked by an age. authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob- This indicator illuminates when a door is not closed securely. lem exists somewhere in the electrical With smart key system (if equipped) charging system. Have an authorized The indicator displays which door is opened. If any of the following occurs in a vehicle HYUNDAI dealer correct the problem equipped with the smart key, the immobi- as soon as possible. lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or the light goes off. Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the front fog lights are ON.

4 60 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 61

Features of your vehicle

• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if Low fuel level warning light Malfunction indicator light the engine start/stop button is turned (MIL) (check engine light) to the ON position, the indicator will illuminate until the engine is started. However, when the smart key is not in This warning light indicates the fuel tank This indicator light is part of the Engine the vehicle, if the engine start/stop but- is nearly empty. When it comes on, you ton is depressed, the indicator will blink Control System which monitors various should add fuel as soon as possible. emission control system components. If for a few minutes to indicate that you Driving with the fuel level warning light on will not be able to start the engine. this light illuminates while driving, it indi- or with the fuel level below “E” can cause cates that a potential malfunction has • When the ignition switch is turned to the engine to misfire and damage the been detected somewhere in the emis- the ON position and the indicator turns catalytic converter. sion control system. off after 2 seconds, the system may need repair. Have the vehicle checked This light will also illuminate when the by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ignition switch is turned to the ON position, and will go out in a few seconds • When the battery is weak, if the engine after the engine is started. If it illuminates start/stop button is depressed, the indi- while driving, or does not illuminate when cator will blink and you will not be able the ignition switch is turned to the ON to start the engine. However, you may position, take your vehicle to your near- still be able to start the engine by est authorized HYUNDAI dealer and inserting the smart key in the smart have the system checked. key holder. If smart key system related parts need repair, the indicator blinks. Generally, your vehicle will continue to be drivable, but have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.

461 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 62

Features of your vehicle

ESC indicator (Electronic Cruise indicator (if equipped) CAUTION Stability Control) • Prolonged driving with the CRUISE indicator Malfunction Indicator Light illumi- CRUISE nated may cause damage to the The ESC indicator will illuminate when emission control systems which the ignition switch is turned ON, but The indicator light illuminates when the could effect drivability and/or fuel should go off after approximately 3 sec- cruise control system is enabled. economy. onds. When the ESC is on, it monitors The cruise indicator light in the instru- • If the Malfunction Indicator Light the driving conditions under normal driv- ment cluster is illuminated when the illuminates, potential catalytic ing conditions, the ESC light will remain cruise control ON-OFF button on the converter damage is possible. off. When a slippery or low traction con- steering wheel is pushed. This could result in loss of engine dition is encountered, the ESC will oper- power. Have the Engine Control ate, and the ESC indicator will blink to The indicator light turns off when the System inspected as soon as pos- indicate the ESC is operating. cruise control ON-OFF button is pushed again. For more information about the sible by an authorized HYUNDAI The ESC indicator stays on when the dealer. use of cruise control, refer to “Cruise ESC may have a malfunction. Take your control system or Smart cruise control car to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer system” in section 5. and have the system checked. Engine coolant temperature warning light (if equipped) ESC OFF indicator

The warning light illuminates if the temperature of the engine coolant is above 257±4.5°F (125±2.5°C). The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate Do not continue driving with an overheat- when the ignition switch is turned ON, ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer but should go off after approximately 3 to “Overheating” in section 6. seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode, press the ESC OFF button. The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated.

4 62 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 63

Features of your vehicle

Cruise SET indicator Key reminder warning chime Warning on the LCD screen SET Without smart key (if equipped) If the driver’s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch The indicator light illuminates when the (ACC or LOCK position), the key cruise function switch (SET- or RES+) is reminder warning chime will sound. This ON. helps prevent you from locking your keys The cruise SET indicator light in the in the vehicle. The chime sounds until the instrument cluster is illuminated when key is removed from the ignition switch or the cruise control switch (SET- or RES+) the driver’s door is closed. is pushed. The cruise SET indicator light does not illuminate when the cruise con- With smart key trol switch (CANCEL) is pushed or the If the driver’s door is opened while the system is disengaged. smart key is in the vehicle with the engine start/stop button in ACC or the OYF049062N Electronic power steering smart key is in the smart key holder with (EPS) system warning light EPS the engine start/stop button in OFF, the Key is not in vehicle key reminder warning chime will sound. If the smart key is not in the vehicle and The chime sounds until the smart key is if any door is opened or closed with the This indicator light comes on after the engine start/stop button in ACC, ON, or ignition key is turned to the ON position removed from the smart key holder or the driver’s door is closed. START, the warning illuminates on the and then it will go out. LCD screen. The chime also sounds for 5 This light also comes on when the EPS seconds when the smart key is not in the needs repairs. If it comes on while driv- vehicle and any door is closed. ing, have your vehicle inspected by an Turn the ignition switch off or get hold of authorized HYUNDAI dealer. the smart key.

463 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 64

Features of your vehicle

OYF049063N OYF049064N OYF049065N Key is not detected Low key battery Press brake pedal to start engine If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is When the smart key in the vehicle dis- If the engine start/stop button turns to the not detected and you push the engine charges, the warning illuminates on the ACC position twice by pushing the start/stop button, the warning illuminates LCD screen for 10 seconds. engine start/stop button repeatedly with- on the LCD screen for 10 seconds. Replace the battery with a new one. If it out pressing the brake pedal, the warn- is not possible, you can start the engine ing illuminates on the LCD screen for 10 by inserting the smart key into the smart seconds to indicate that you should key holder and pushing the engine press the brake pedal to start the engine. start/stop button.

4 64 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 65

Features of your vehicle

OYF049066N OYF049067N OYF049068N Shift to "P" Remove key Insert key If you push the engine start/stop button When you turn off the engine with the If you push the engine start/stop button with the engine start/stop button ON and smart key in the smart key holder, the while the "Key is not detected" illumi- the shift lever not in P(Park), the warning warning illuminates on the LCD screen nates on the LCD screen, the warning illuminates on the LCD screen for 10 sec- for 10 seconds. illuminates for 10 seconds. onds to indicate that you should press Push the smart key inward and pull it out the engine start/stop button with the shift from the smart key holder. lever in P(Park) to turn off the engine.

465 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 66

Features of your vehicle

OYF049069N OYF049070N OYF049073N Press start button again Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine Low tire pressure If there is a problem with the engine If you try to start the engine with the shift When one or more of your tires is signifi- start/stop button system, the warning illu- lever not in P(Park) or N(Neutral), the cantly underinflated, the warning light minates for 10 seconds to indicate that warning illuminates for 10 seconds on comes on. you could start the engine by pressing the LCD screen. the engine start/stop button while press- You can also start the engine with the ing the brake pedal. shift lever in N(Neutral), but for your safe- If the warning illuminates each time you ty start the engine with the shift lever in push the engine start/stop button, take P(Park). your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.

4 66 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:13 PM Page 67

Features of your vehicle

REAR VIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING • This system is a supplementary function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the inside/outside rearview mirror and the area behind the vehicle before and while backing up. • Always keep the camera lens OYF049081 clean. If the lens is covered with foreign matter, the camera may OYF049075N not operate normally. Low washer fluid This warning light indicates the washer ✽ fluid reservoir is near empty. Refill the NOTICE washer fluid as soon as possible. The rearview camera may not operate normally, in extremely high or low temperatures (operating temperature : -13°F~149°F (-20°C~65°C)).

OYF049082N The rearview camera will activate when the back-up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R position. This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the monitor while backing-up.

467 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 1/12/2010 5:50 PM Page 68

Features of your vehicle

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER LIGHTING Battery saver function Headlamp delay (if equipped) • The purpose of this feature is to pre- If you turn the ignition switch to the ACC vent the battery from being dis- or OFF position with the headlights ON, charged. The system automatically the headlights (and/or tail lights) remain turns off the parking lights when the on for about 20 minutes. However, if the driver removes the ignition key (smart driver’s door is opened and closed, the key : turns off the engine) and opens headlights are turned off after 30 sec- the driver-side door. onds. • With this feature, the parking lights will The headlights can be turned off by be turned off automatically if the driver pressing the lock button on the transmit- parks on the side of road at night. ter (or smart key) twice or turning the If necessary, to keep the lights on light switch to the OFF or Auto position. OYF049084N when the ignition key is removed However, if you turn the light switch to the The hazard warning flasher should be (smart key : turns off the engine), per- Auto position when it is dark outside, the used whenever you find it necessary to form the following: headlights will not be turned off. stop the car in a hazardous location. 1) Open the driver-side door. When you must make such an emer- 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON gency stop, always pull off the road as far again using the light switch on the as possible. steering column. The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch. This causes all turn signal lights to blink. The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch. To turn the hazard warning lights off, push the switch a second time.

4 68 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:14 PM Page 69

Features of your vehicle

Headlamp welcome function When the headlight switch is in the ON or AUTO position and all doors (and trunk) are closed and locked, if you press the door unlock button on the transmitter (or the smart key), the headlights will come on for about 15 seconds. At this time, if you press the door lock button on the transmitter (or smart key) the headlights will turn off immediately.

Daytime running light OXM049110 OAM049041 (if equipped) Lighting control Parking light position )( Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make The light switch has a Headlight and a When the light switch is in the parking it easier for others to see the front of your Parking light position. light position, the tail, position and vehicle during the day. DRL can be help- To operate the lights, turn the knob at the license lights are ON and the tail light ful in many different driving conditions, end of the control lever to one of the fol- indicator is ON (if equipped). and it is especially helpful after dawn and lowing positions: before sunset. (1) OFF position The DRL system will make the head- (2) Parking light position lights turn OFF when: (3) Headlight position 1. The headlight is ON. (4) Auto light position (if equipped) 2. Engine stops.

469 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:14 PM Page 70

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION • Never place anything over sensor (1) located on the instrument panel. This will ensure better auto-light system control. • Don’t clean the sensor using a window cleaner. The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation. • If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on OAM049042 OYF049208 the front windshield, the Auto Headlight position ( ) Auto light position (if equipped) light system may not work properly. When the light switch is in the headlight When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the head, tail, license and instru- position, the taillights and headlights will ment panel lights are ON. be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside ✽ NOTICE the vehicle. The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights.

4 70 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:14 PM Page 71

Features of your vehicle

OAM049044 OAM049043 OAM049045 High beam operation To flash the headlights, pull the lever Turn signals and lane change sig- To turn on the high beam headlights, towards you. It will return to the normal nals push the lever away from you. Pull it back (low beam) position when released. The The ignition switch must be on for the for low beams. headlight switch does not need to be on turn signals to function. To turn on the to use this flashing feature. The high beam indicator will light when turn signals, move the lever up or down the headlight high beams are switched (A). Green arrow indicators on the instru- on. ment panel indicate which turn signal is To prevent the battery from being dis- operating. They will self-cancel after a charged, do not leave the lights on for a turn is completed. If the indicator contin- prolonged time while the engine is not ues to flash after a turn, manually return running. the lever to the OFF position.

471 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:14 PM Page 72

Features of your vehicle

To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position CAUTION (B). The lever will return to the OFF posi- When in operation, the fog lights tion when released. consume large amounts of vehicle If an indicator stays on and does not electrical power. Only use the fog flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the lights when visibility is poor or turn signal bulbs may be burned out and unnecessary battery and generator will require replacement. drain could occur.

One-touch triple turn signal To activate an one-touch triple turn signal move the turn signal lever up or down slightly and then release it. The lane OAM049046 change signals will blink 3 times. Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improved ✽ NOTICE visibility when visibility is poor due to fog, If an indicator flash is abnormally quick rain or snow etc. The fog lights will turn or slow, a bulb may be burned out or on when fog light switch (1) is turned to have a poor electrical connection in the ON after the headlights are turned on. circuit. To turn off the fog lights, turn the switch to OFF.

4 72 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:14 PM Page 73

Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS ✽ NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.

CAUTION When starting the vehicle in winter, set the wiper switch in the OFF OYF049100 OYF049102 position. Otherwise, wipers may operate and ice may damage the A : Wiper speed control Windshield wipers windshield wiper blades. Always · MIST – Single wipe Operates as follows when the ignition remove all snow and ice and defrost · OFF – Off switch is turned ON. the windshield properly prior to · INT – Intermittent wipe MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push operating the windshield wipers. · LO – Low wiper speed the lever upward and release it · HI – High wiper speed with the lever in the OFF position. The wipers will operate continu- B :Intermittent or Auto control wipe ously if the lever is pushed time adjustment upward and held. OFF : Wiper is not in operation C : Wash with brief wipes INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in a light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob(1). LO : Normal wiper speed HI : Fast wiper speed

473 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:14 PM Page 74

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the • To prevent possible damage to washer pump, do not operate the the wipers or windshield, do not washer when the fluid reservoir is operate the wipers when the empty. windshield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other WARNING solvents on or near them. Do not use the washer in freezing • To prevent damage to the wiper temperatures without first warming arms and other components, do OYF049101 the windshield with the defrosters; not attempt to move the wipers Windshield washers the washer solution could freeze on manually. contact with the windshield and In the OFF position, pull the lever gently obscure your vision. toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. Use this function when the windshield is dirty. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir. The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side.

4 74 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:14 PM Page 75

Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHT When doors are unlocked by CAUTION the transmitter (or smart key), Do not use the interior lights for the map lamp and the room extended periods when the engine lamp come on for approximate- is not running. ly 30 seconds as long as any It may cause battery discharge. door is not open. The map lamp and the room lamp goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked, the map lamp and the room lamp OYF049104K will turn off immediately. If a door is opened with the ignition Map lamp switch in the ACC or LOCK Push the lens to turn the map lamp on or position, the map lamp and the off. This light produces a spot beam for room lamp stay on for about 20 convenient use as a map lamp at night or minutes. However, if a door is as a personal lamp for the driver and the opened with the ignition switch front passenger. in the ON position, the map • DOOR : In the DOOR position, the map lamp and the room lamp stay on lamp and the room lamp come continuously. on when any door is opened • ON : The light stays on at all times. regardless of the ignition • OFF : The lights turn off even if a door switch position. is opened. ❈ When the lamp is turned ON by pressing the lens (1) the lamp does not turn off even if the switch (2) is in the OFF position.

475 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:15 PM Page 76

Features of your vehicle

OYF049105

OYF049108 OYF049107 Trunk lamp Glove box lamp The trunk room lamp comes on when the When the ignition key is in the ignition trunk is opened. switch, the smart key is in the smart key holder or the engine start/stop button is in the ACC position, if the glove box is CAUTION opened, the glove box lamp will come on. The trunk lamp comes on as long as the trunk lid is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system CAUTION OYF049216 drain, close the trunk lid securely To prevent unnecessary charging Room lamp after using the trunk. system drain, close the glove box securely after using the glove box. To turn the room lamp ON or OFF, push the switch or lens.

CAUTION Do not leave the lamp switches on for an extended period of time when the vehicle is not running.

4 76 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:15 PM Page 77

Features of your vehicle

OYF049209 Vanity mirror lamp Pull the sunvisor downward and you can turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or OFF by pushing the button. • : To turn the lamp ON. • O : To turn the lamp OFF.

CAUTION To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, turn off the lamp by pushing the O button after using the lamp.

477 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:15 PM Page 78

Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER The indicator on the rear window CAUTION defroster button illuminates when the To prevent damage to the conduc- defroster is ON. tors bonded to the inside surface of If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, never use sharp the rear window, brush it off before oper- instruments or window cleaners ating the rear defroster. containing abrasives to clean the The rear window defroster automatically window. turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off. ✽ To turn off the defroster, press the rear NOTICE window defroster button again. If you want to defrost and defog the OYF049110 front windshield, refer to “Windshield defrosting and defogging” in this sec- Outside rearview mirror defroster tion. (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

OYF049155 Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the rear window, while the engine is running. To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel.

4 78 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:15 PM Page 79

Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Front windshield defrost button 2. Rear window defroster button 3. Fan speed control knob 4. Mode indicator 5. Mode selection button 6. Air intake control button 7. Air conditioning button 8. Temperature control knob

OYF049111

479 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:15 PM Page 80

Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling : - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air or recirculated air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. *

* : if equipped OYF049114N

4 80 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:15 PM Page 81

Features of your vehicle

Face-Level (B, D, E C, F) Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body Most of the air flow is directed to the and face. Additionally, each outlet can be floor, with a small amount of the air being controlled to direct the air discharged directed to the windshield and side win- from the outlet. dow defrosters.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F) Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

OYF049112 Air flow is directed towards the face and Most of the air flow is directed to the floor the floor. and the windshield with a small amount Mode selection directed to the side window defrosters. The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Defrost-Level (A, D) The air flow outlet port is converted as follows: Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.

481 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:16 PM Page 82

Features of your vehicle

OYF049113 OYF049115 OYF049116 MAX A/C-Level (B, D) Instrument panel vents Temperature control To operate the MAX A/C, turn the tem- The outlet vents can be opened or closed The temperature control knob allows you perature knob to extreme left. Air flow is separately using the thumbwheel. to control the temperature of the air flow- directed toward the upper body and face. Also, you can adjust the direction of air ing from the ventilation system. To In this mode, the air conditioning and the delivered from these vents using the vent change the air temperature in the pas- recirculated air position will be selected control lever as shown. senger compartment, turn the knob to automatically. the right for warm air or left for cooler air.

4 82 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:16 PM Page 83

Features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE The indicator light on the Prolonged operation of the heater in the button illuminates when the recirculated air position (without air recirculated air position is conditioning selected) may cause fog- selected. ging of the windshield and side windows With the recirculated air and the air within the passenger composition selected, air from partment may become stale. the passenger compart- In addition, prolonged operation of the ment will be drawn through air conditioning with the recirculated the heating system and air position selected will result in exces- heated or cooled according sively dry air in the passenger compart- to the function selected. ment. OYF049117 Air intake control Outside (fresh) air position This is used to select outside (fresh) air The indicator light on the position or recirculated air position. button will not illuminate To change the air intake control position, when the outside (fresh) air push the control button. position is selected. With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

483 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:16 PM Page 84

Features of your vehicle

WARNING • Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility. • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temper- OYF049118 OYF049119 ature. Fan speed control Air conditioning • Continue using the climate con- The ignition switch must be in the ON Press the A/C button to turn the air control system in the recirculated air position for fan operation. ditioning system on (indicator light will position can cause drowsiness or The fan speed control knob allows you to illuminate). Press the button again to turn sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control the fan speed of the air flowing the air conditioning system off. control. Set the air intake control from the ventilation system. To change to the outside (fresh) air position the fan speed, turn the knob to the right as much as possible while driv- for higher speed or left for lower speed. ing. Setting the fan speed control knob to the “0” position turns off the fan.

4 84 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:16 PM Page 85

Features of your vehicle

System operation Operation Tips Air conditioning Ventilation • To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems 1. Set the mode to the position. from entering the vehicle through the are filled with environmentally friendly ventilation system, temporarily set the R-134a refrigerant which does not dam- 2. Set the air intake control to the outside air intake control to the recirculated air age the ozone layer. (fresh) air position. position. Be sure to return the control 1. Start the engine. Push the air condi- 3. Set the temperature control to the to the fresh air position when the irrita- tioning button. desired position. tion has passed to keep fresh air in the 2. Set the mode to the position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the vehicle. This will help keep the driver desired speed. 3. Set the air intake control to the recir- alert and comfortable. culated air position. However, pro- • Air for the heating/cooling system is longed operation of the reticulated air Heating drawn in through the grilles just ahead position will excessively dry the air. In 1. Set the mode to the position. of the windshield. Care should be this case, change the air position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside taken that these are not blocked by 4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem- (fresh) air position. leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions. perature control to maintain maximum 3. Set the temperature control to the • To prevent interior fog on the wind- comfort. desired position. shield, set the air intake control to the • When maximum cooling is desired, set 4. Set the fan speed control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the the temperature control to the extreme desired speed. desired position, turn on the air condi- left position then set the fan speed tioning system, and adjust the temper- 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn control to the highest speed. ature control to desired temperature. the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the , position.

485 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:16 PM Page 86

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Air conditioning system operation tips • Operating the air conditioning system • While using the air conditioning sys- • If the vehicle has been parked in direct in the recirculated air position provides tem, monitor the engine temperature sunlight during hot weather, open the maximum cooling, however, continual gauge closely while driving up hills or windows for a short time to let the hot operation in this mode may cause the in heavy traffic when outside temper- air inside the vehicle escape. air inside the vehicle to become stale. atures are high. Air conditioning sys- • To help reduce moisture inside of the • During cooling operation, you may tem operation may cause engine over- windows on rainy or humid days, occasionally notice a misty air flow heating. Continue to use the blower decrease the humidity inside the vehi- because of rapid cooling and humid air fan but turn the air conditioning sys- cle by operating the air conditioning intake. This is a normal system opera- tem off if the engine temperature system. tion characteristic. gauge indicates engine overheating. • During air conditioning system opera- • If you operate air conditioner exces- • Opening the windows in humid tion, you may occasionally notice a sively, the difference between the tem- weather while air conditioning oper- slight change in engine speed as the perature of the outside air and that of ates may create water droplets inside air conditioning compressor cycles. the windshield could cause the outer the vehicle. Since excessive water This is a normal system operation surface of the windshield to fog up, droplets may cause damage to electri- characteristic. causing loss of visibility. In this case, cal equipment, air conditioning • Use the air conditioning system every set the mode selection knob or button should only be used with the windows month only for a few minutes to ensure to the position and fan speed con- closed. maximum system performance. trol to the lower speed. • When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.

4 86 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:16 PM Page 87

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Checking the amount of air con- Outside air • Replace the filter according to the ditioner refrigerant and compres- Maintenance Schedule. sor lubricant Recirculated If the vehicle is being driven in severe When the amount of refrigerant is low, air conditions such as dusty, rough roads, the performance of the air conditioning is more frequent climate control air fil- reduced. Overfilling also has a negative ter inspections and changes are influence on the air conditioning system. required. Therefore, if abnormal operation is • When the air flow rate suddenly found, have the system inspected by an Blower decreases, the system should be authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Heater core checked at an authorized HYUNDAI Climate control Evaporator air filter core dealer. ✽ OMG075033 NOTICE Climate control air filter It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. The climate control air filter installed Otherwise, damage to the compressor behind the glove box filters the dust or and abnormal system operation may other pollutants that come into the vehi- occur. cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter WARNING over a period of time, the air flow from the The air conditioning system should air vents may decrease, resulting in be serviced by an authorized moisture accumulation on the inside of HYUNDAI dealer. Improper service the windshield even when the outside may cause serious injury to the (fresh) air position is selected. If this hap- person performing the service. pens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

487 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:16 PM Page 88

Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Front windshield defrost button 2. Rear window defrost button 3. AUTO (automatic control) button 4. OFF button 5. Driver’s temperature control button 6. Mode indicator 7. Mode selection button 8. Fan speed indicator 9. Fan speed control button 10. Air intake control button 11. Air conditioning button 12. Dual temperature control selection knob 13. Passenger’s temperature control knob

OYF049157N

4 88 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:16 PM Page 89

Features of your vehicle

2. Turn the temperature knob to set the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting, the air conditioning system will operate continuously. 3. To turn the automatic operation off, press any button except the temperature control knob. If you press the mode selection button, air conditioning button, defrost button or air intake control button, or the fan speed button, the selected function will be controlled OYF049121 manually while other functions operate OYF049122 Automatic heating and air condi- automatically. tioning ✽ NOTICE The automatic climate control system is For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control, use Never place anything over the sensor controlled by simply setting the desired located on the instrument panel to temperature. the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73°F (23°C). ensure better control of the heating and The Full Automatic Temperature Control cooling system. (FATC) system automatically controls the heating and cooling system as follows;

1. Push the AUTO button. The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by temperature setting.

489 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:17 PM Page 90

Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air conditioning Face-Level The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons Air flow is directed toward the upper body or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO and face. Additionally, each outlet can be button. In this case, the system works controlled to direct the air discharged sequentially according to the order of from the outlet. buttons or knob(s) selected. 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. Bi-Level For improving the effectiveness of Air flow is directed towards the face and heating and cooling; OYF049112 - Heating: the floor. Mode selection - Cooling: The mode selection button controls the 3. Set the temperature control to the direction of the air flow through the venti- Floor-Level desired position. lation system. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside The air flow outlet port is converted as Most of the air flow is directed to the (fresh) air position. follows: 5. Set the fan speed control to the floor, with a small amount of the air being desired speed. directed to the windshield and side window defrosters. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. Floor & Defrost Press the AUTO button in order to con- Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli- vert to full automatic control of the sys- mate control system”. tem. Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

4 90 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:17 PM Page 91

Features of your vehicle

OYF049124 OYF049115 OYF049161N Defrost-Level Instrument panel vents Temperature control Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or closed The temperature will increase to the windshield with a small amount of air separately using the horizontal thumb- maximum by turning the knob to the directed to the side window defrosters. wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left to extreme right. the maximum position. To open the vent, The temperature will decrease to the rotate it right to the desired position. minimum by turning the knob to the Also, you can adjust the direction of air extreme left. delivery from these vents using the vent When turning the knob, the temperature control lever as shown. will increase or decrease by 2°F.

491 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:17 PM Page 92

Features of your vehicle

Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1. Press the DUAL button again to deactivate DUAL mode. The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature. 2. Turn the left temperature control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally.

OYF049226 OYF049125 Adjusting the driver and passenger side Air intake control temperature individually This is used to select the outside (fresh) 1. Press the DUAL button to operate the air position or recirculated air position. driver and passenger side temperature To change the air intake control position, individually. Turning the right tempera- push the control button. ture control knob will automatically switch to the DUAL mode as well. 2. Turn the left temperature control knob to adjust the driver side temperature. Turn the right temperature control knob to adjust the passenger side temperature.

When the driver side temperature is set to the highest or lowest temperature setting, the DUAL mode is deactivated for maximum heating or cooling.

4 92 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:17 PM Page 93

Features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position With the recirculated air WARNING position selected, air from • Continued use of the climate con- the passenger compart- trol system operation in the recir- ment will be drawn through culated air position may allow the heating system and humidity to increase inside the heated or cooled according vehicle which may fog the glass to the function selected. and obscure visibility. • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the Outside (fresh) air position air conditioning or heating system With the outside (fresh) air on. It may cause serious harm or position selected, air enters death due to a drop in the oxygen the vehicle from outside and level and/or body temperature. OYF049164 is heated or cooled accord- • Continued use of the climate con- Fan speed control ing to the function selected. trol system operation in the recir- The fan speed can be set to the desired culated air position can cause speed by pushing the fan speed control ✽ NOTICE drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss button. Prolonged operation of the heater in the of vehicle control. Set the air intake The higher the fan speed is, the more air recirculated air position (without air control to the outside (fresh) air is delivered. conditioning selected) may cause fog- position as much as possible while ging of the windshield and side windows driving. and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.

493 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:17 PM Page 94

Features of your vehicle

OYF049127 OYF049128 Air conditioning OFF mode Push the A/C button to turn the air condi- Push the OFF button to turn off the air cli- tioning system on (indicator light will illu- mate control system. However, you can minate). still operate the mode and air intake but- Push the button again to turn the air con- tons as long as the ignition switch is in ditioning system off. the ON position.

4 94 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:17 PM Page 95

Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the tem- WARNING - Windshield perature control to the extreme heating right/hot position and the fan speed Do not use the or position control to the highest speed. during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired while extremely humid weather. The dif- defrosting or defogging, set the mode ference between the temperature of to the floor-defrost position. the outside air and that of the wind- • Before driving, clear all snow and ice shield could cause the outer sur- from the windshield, rear window, out- face of the windshield to fog up, side rear view mirrors, and all side win- causing loss of visibility. In this dows. case, set the mode selection knob • Clear all snow and ice from the hood or button to the position and and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve OYF049129N fan speed control knob or button to heater and defroster efficiency and to Manual climate control system a lower speed. reduce the probability of fogging up the To defog inside windshield inside of the windshield. 1. Select any fan speed except “0” position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected automatically. If the outside (fresh) air position is not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

495 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:17 PM Page 96

Features of your vehicle

OYF049130N OYF049218N OYF049219N To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control system To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest To defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position. 1. Select desired fan speed. (extreme right) position. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot 2. Select desired temperature. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot position. (HI) position. 3. Press the defrost button ( ). 3. Select the position. 3. Press the defrost button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be 4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected selected automatically. 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be automatically. selected automatically. If the outside (fresh) air position is not selected automatically, adjust the corre- If the position is selected, lower fan sponding button manually. speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

4 96 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:18 PM Page 97

Features of your vehicle

Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake is controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return the defogging logic, perform the following steps.

OYF049133 OYF049222 Manual climate control system Automatic climate control system 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi- 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON tion. position. 2. Turn the mode selection knob to the 2. Select the defrost position pressing defrost position ( ). defrost button ( ). 3. Push the air intake control button at 3. While holding the air conditioning but- least 5 times within 3 seconds. ton (A/C) pressed, press the air intake The indicator light in the air intake control control button at least 5 times within 3 button will blink 3 times with 0.5 second seconds. of interval. It indicates that the defogging The indicator on the air intake control logic is canceled or returned to the pro- button blinks 3 times with 0.5 second of grammed status. interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro- If the battery has been discharged or dis- grammed status. connected, the system resets to the programmed defogging logic. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the system resets to the programmed defogging logic.

497 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:18 PM Page 98

Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to store small items.

CAUTION • To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close OYF049137 OYF049138 securely. Center console storage Glove box To open the center console storage, pull The glove box can be locked and up the lever. unlocked with a master key (or the WARNING - Flammable mechanical key of the smartkey) (1). materials To open the glove box, pull the handle Do not store cigarette lighters, and the glove box will automatically propane cylinders, or other flamma- open. Close the glove box after use. ble/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire WARNING and/or explode if the vehicle is To reduce the risk of injury in an exposed to hot temperatures for accident or sudden stop, always extended periods. keep the glove box door closed while driving.

4 98 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:18 PM Page 99

Features of your vehicle

WARNING • Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle. • Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle OYF049139N can be blocked by an open sun- OYF049140N Sunglass holder glass holder. Multi box To open the sunglass holder, press the To open the cover, press the button and cover and the holder will slowly open. the multibox will automatically open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out. Push to close.

499 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:18 PM Page 100

Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder ■ Front

WARNING - Hot liquids • Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle. • To reduce the risk of personal OYF049143N OYF049145 injury in the event of sudden stop ■ Rear or collision, do not place uncovered or unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc., in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion.

OYF049144N HTG2174 Cups or small beverage cans may be Sunvisor placed in the cup holders. Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows. To use a sunvisor, pull it downward. To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).

4 100 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:18 PM Page 101

Features of your vehicle

Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward (4). CAUTION To use the vanity mirror, pull down the • Use the power outlet only when visor and slide the mirror cover (3). the engine is running and remove Push the switch to turn the light on or off. the accessory plug after use. (if equipped) Using the accessory plug for pro- • : The light turns on. longed periods of time with the engine off could cause the bat- • O : The light turns off. tery to discharge. • Only use 12V electric accessories CAUTION - Vanity mirror which are less than 10A in elec- lamp (if equipped) tric capacity. • Always have the switch in the off OYF049146N • Adjust the air-conditioner or position when the vanity mirror Power outlet heater to the lowest operating lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor level when using the power outlet. The power outlet is designed to provide is closed without the lamp off, it power for mobile telephones or other • Close the cover when not in use. may discharge the battery or devices designed to operate with vehicle • Some electronic devices can damage the sunvisor. electrical systems. The devices should cause electronic interference • Always use the sunvisor exten- draw less than 10 amps with the engine when plugged into a vehicle’s sion, after swing the sunvisor to running. power outlet. These devices may the side. cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.

WARNING Do not put a finger or a foreign element (pin, etc.) into a power outlet and do not touch with a wet hand. You may get an electric shock.

4 101 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:19 PM Page 102

Features of your vehicle

Hour (1) Pressing the H button with your finger, a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one hour.

Minute (2) Pressing the M button with your finger, a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one minute.

Display conversion To change the 12 hour format to the 24 OYF049224 OUN026348 hour format, press the “H” and “M” but- Digital clock (if equipped) tons at the same time for more than 3 Clothes hanger (if equipped) seconds. To use the hanger, pull down the upper WARNING For example, if the “H” and “M” buttons portion of hanger. are pressed for more than 3 seconds Do not adjust the clock while driv- while the time is 10:15 p.m., the display CAUTION ing. You may lose your steering will be changed to 22:15. control and cause an accident that Do not hang heavy clothes, results in severe personal injury or because it may damage the hook. death.

Whenever the battery terminals or related fuses are disconnected, you must reset the time. When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position, the clock buttons operate as follows:

4 102 YF HMA 4-103.QXP 12/24/2009 5:19 PM Page 103

Features of your vehicle

Navigation system (if equipped) The navigation system ascertains the present position of your vehicle by using information from satellites and guides you to the place you assign as the desti- nation. Detailed information for the navigation system is described in a separately supplied manual.

Bluetooth hands-free (if equipped) OYF049234N OYF049147N ® You can use the phone wirelessly by Floor mat anchor(s) Aux, USB and iPod port using the Bluetooth. When using a floor mat on the front floor (if equipped) Detailed information for the Bluetooth carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor If your vehicle has an aux and/or hands-free is described in the “audio” in mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keeps USB(universal serial bus) port or iPod this chapter or in the manual supplied the floor mat from sliding forward. port, you can use an aux port to connect separately. audio devices and a USB port to plug in WARNING a USB, and an iPod port to plug in an iPod. • Make sure the floor mat is properly placed on the floor carpet. If the floor mat slips and interferes with ✽ NOTICE the movement of the pedals during When using a portable audio device driving, it may cause an accident. connected to the power outlet, noise may • Don't put an additional floor mat occur during playback. If this happens, on the top of the anchored floor use the power source of the portable mat, otherwise the additional mat audio device. may slide forward and interfere with the movement of the pedals. ❈ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

4 103 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 104

Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION • Do not clean the inside of the rear window glass with a cleaner or 1 2 scraper to remove foreign deposits as this may cause dam- 3 age to the antenna elements. • Avoid adding metallic coatings such as Ni, Cd, and so on. These can disturb receiving AM and FM broadcast signals.

OYF049150 Steering wheel audio control Antenna (if equipped) Glass antenna (if equipped) The steering wheel may incorporate When the radio power switch is turned on audio control buttons. while the ignition key is in either the “ON” or “ACC” position, your car will receive CAUTION both AM and FM broadcast signals Do not operate audio remote con- through the antenna in the rear window trol buttons simultaneously. glass.

4 104 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 105

Features of your vehicle

1. VOLUME (VOL+/-) RADIO mode FM reception • Push the lever upward (+) to increase the It will function as the PRESET STATION volume. buttons. • Push the lever downward (-) to decrease the volume. CD/USB/iPod mode 2. PRESET/SEEK )(/ It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN The SEEK/PRESET button has different button. functions based on the system mode. For the following functions the button 3. MODE should be pressed for 0.8 second or Press the button to change audio source. more. - FM(1~2)➟AM➟SAT(1~3)➟CD➟USB JBM001 AUX(iPod) FM... D300800AHM RADIO mode How vehicle audio works It will function as the AUTO SEEK select Detailed information for audio control button. AM and FM radio signals are broadcast buttons are described in the following from transmitter towers located around pages in this section. your city. They are intercepted by the CD/USB/iPod mode radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal It will function as the FF/REW button. is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers. If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed When a strong radio signal has reached for less than 0.8 second, it will work as your vehicle, the precise engineering of follows in each mode. your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear. This can be due to factors such as the distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area.

4 105 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 106

Features of your vehicle

AM (MW, LW) radio reception FM radio station

JBM002 JBM003 JBM004 AM (MW, LW) broadcasts can be FM broadcasts are transmitted at high • Fading - As your car moves away from received at greater distances than FM frequencies and do not bend to follow the the radio station, the signal will weaken broadcasts. This is because AM (MW, earth's surface. Because of this, FM and sound will begin to fade. When this LW) radio waves are transmitted at low broadcasts generally begin to fade at occurs, we suggest that you select frequencies. These long, low frequency short distances from the station. Also, another stronger station. radio waves can follow the curvature of FM signals are easily affected by build- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or the earth rather than travelling straight ings, mountains, or other obstructions. large obstructions between the trans- These can result in certain listening con- out into the atmosphere. In addition, they mitter and your radio can disturb the ditions which might lead you to believe a curve around obstructions so that they problem exists with your radio. The fol- signal causing static or fluttering nois- can provide better signal coverage. lowing conditions are normal and do not es to occur. Reducing the treble level indicate radio trouble: may lessen this effect until the distur- bance clears.

4 106 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 107

Features of your vehicle

Satellite radio reception • If you are driving on a mountain road You may experience problems in receiv- where the signal is blocked by mountains. ing XM™ satellite radio signals in the following situations.

JBM005 • Station Swapping - As a FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal SATELITE2 near the same frequency may begin to play. This is because your radio is • If you are driving in an area with tall SATELITE1 trees that block the signal(10m or designed to lock onto the clearest sig- more), for example on a road through a nal. If this occurs, select another sta- • If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov- dense forest. tion with a stronger signal. ered parking area. • The signal can become weak in some • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals • If you are driving beneath the top level of a multi-level freeway. areas that are not covered by the being received from several directions repeater station network. can cause distortion or fluttering. This • If you drive under a bridge. • If you are driving next to a tall vechi- can be caused by a direct and reflect- Please note that these may be other ed signal from the same station, or by cle(such as a truck or a bus) that block the signal. unforeseen circumstances when there signals from two stations with close fre- are problems with the reception of XM™ • If you are driving in a valley where the quencies. If this occurs, select another satellite radio signal. station until the condition has passed. surrounding hills or peaks block the signal from the satellite.

4 107 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 108

Features of your vehicle

Using a cellular phone or a two- Care of disc (if equipped) • Depending on the type of CD-R/CD- way radio • If the temperature inside the car is too RW CDs, certain CDs may not operate When a cellular phone is used inside the high, open the car windows for ventilation normally according to manufacturing vehicle, noise may be produced from the before using your car audio. companies or making and recording audio equipment. This does not mean • It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMA/ methods. In such circumstances, if you that something is wrong with the audio AAC/WAVE files without permission. still continue to use those CDs, they equipment. In such a case, use the cellu- Use CDs that are created only by lawful may cause the malfunction of your car lar phone at a place as far as possible means. audio system. from the audio equipment. • Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner, normal cleaners ✽ NOTICE - Playing an CAUTION and magnetic sprays made for ana- Incompatible Copy-Protected When using a communication sys- logue disc onto CDs. Audio CD tem such a cellular phone or a radio • To prevent the disc surface from get- Some copy protected CDs, which do not set inside the vehicle, a separate ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs by comply with the international audio CD external antenna must be fitted. the edges or the edges of the center standards (Red Book), may not play on When a cellular phone or a radio set hole only. your car audio. Please note that if you is used with an internal antenna try to play copy protected CDs and the • Clean the disc surface with a piece of alone, it may interfere with the vehi- CD player does not perform correctly cle's electrical system and adverse- soft cloth before playback (wipe it from the CDs maybe defective, not the CD ly affect safe operation of the vehi- the center to the outside edge). player. cle. • Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it. WARNING • Make sure on undesirable matter other Don't use a cellular phone when than CDs are inserted into the CD you are driving. You must stop at a player (Do not insert more than one safe place to use a cellular phone. CD at a time). • Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt.

4 108 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 109

Features of your vehicle

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA710YF)

1. AM Selection Button 2. FM Selection Button 3. FM/AM Button 4. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control Knob 5. Preset Button 6. SCAN Button RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA760YF) 7. MUTE Button 8. SETUP Button 9. Manual Channel Selector & Sound Quality Control Knob 10. Manual Channel Selector 11. Automatic Channel Selection Button

❋There will be no , , logo if the Bluetooth/XM SATELLITE/HD RADIO feature is not supported.

4 109 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 110

Features of your vehicle

1. AM Selection Button 5. Preset Button 8. SETUP Button Pressing the [AM] button selects the AM Push [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec- band. AM Mode is displayed on the LCD. ond to play the channel saved in each Press this button to turn to the XM option button.Push Preset button for 0.8 second and the other adjustment mode. 2. FM Selection Button or longer to save current channel to the If no action is taken for 5 seconds after respective button with a beep. Turns to FM mode and toggles FM1and pressing the button, it will return to the FM2 when the button is pressed each play mode.(After entering SEPUP mode, time. 6. SCAN Button move between items using the left, right • When the button is pressed, it automat- and PUSH functions of the [TUNE] knob.) 3. FM/AM Button ically scans the radio stations upwards. • The SCAN feature steps through each The setup changes in the order of TEXT Turns to FM or AM mode, and toggles in ➟ ➟ ➟ station, starting from the initial station, SCROLL AVC BT XM the order of FM1➟FM2➟AM➟FM1... for ten seconds. when the button is pressed each time. • press the [SCAN] button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the cur- In case of PA760YF, Using the 4. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume rently selected channel. [ FOLDER ] and [ENTER] button. Control Knob The setup Change in the order of Turns on/off the set when the IGNITION 7. MUTE Button SOUND➟XM➟HD RADIO ➟ AVC ➟ CLOCK SWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the button ➟SCROLL➟PHONE➟RETURN is turned to the right, it increases the vol- Press the button to mute the sound. ume and left,decreases the volume. • Adjusts the volume of the car audio • SCROLL system. Rotate clockwise to increase This funtion is used to display charac- the volume or counterclockwise to ters longer than the LCD text display decrease. and can be turned ON/OFF through the sound quality control knob. (For PA760YF, Press the [ FOLDER ] button.)

4 110 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 111

Features of your vehicle

• AVC Pressing the [ FOLDER ] button • CLOCK This funtion automatically adjusts the to select the Variable EQ the following Pressing the [ FOLDER ] button volume level according to the speed of order : Normal, Powerful, Concert to adjust the clock in the following the vehicle and can be turned ON/OFF Select and press the [ENTER] button to order: CLOCK SET, TIME FORMAT, through the sound quality control knob. complete and exit from Variable EQ set RETURN. Adjust the CLOCK SET and (For PA760YF, Press the [ FOLDER ] up mode. press [ENTER] button to set. button.) Use the same method to adjust TIME • XM FORMAT and press the [ENTER] but- • SOUND It will be able to change the XM display. ton to complete and exit and from clock adjustment mode. Pressing the [ FOLDER ] button ex) Display by category/channel or to select the sound the following order artist/song title. : Sound Setup, Variable EQ Select the Select the XM Display through the 9. Manual Channel Selector & Sound Setup and press [ENTER] the [ FOLDER ] button(for PA710YF, Sound Quality Control Knob button to set. Turn the control knob), and press the Turn this control while listening to a radio Pressing the [ENTER] button to adjust [ENTER] button(for PA710YF, press channel to manually adjust frequency. the Sound Setup the following order : [TUNE] knob) to complete and exit Turn clockwise to increase frequency and BASS, MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER, XM setup mode. counterclockwise to reduce frequency. BALANCE. Select the BASS and press Pressing the button changes the BASS, the [ FOLDER ] button to set. • HD RADIO MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL- Use the same method to adjust MID- This funtion is used to enable FM/AM ANCE TUNE mode. DLE, TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE HD RADIO receptions, and detail dis- The mode selected is shown on the dis- and press the button to [ENTER] com- play. Press the [ FOLDER ] button play. After selecting each mode, rotate plete and exit from Sound Setup adjust- to select the HD RADIO setup the fol- the Audio control knob clockwise or ment mode. lowing order : HD RADIO FM, HD counterclockwise. RADIO AM, Details. Press the [ENTER] • Variable EQ button to the HD RADIO setup and can BASS Control Pressing the [ FOLDER ] button be turned ON/OFF through the [ To increase the BASS, rotate the knob to Select the sound the following order FOLDER ] button. clockwise, while to decrease the BASS, : Sound Setup, Variable EQ Select the Press the [ENTER] button to complete rotate the knob counterclockwise. Variable EQ and press the [ENTER] and exit HD RADIO setup mode. button to set.

4 111 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 112

Features of your vehicle

MIDDLE Control 10. Manual Channel Selector To increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knob Press the [ FOLDER ] button while clockwise, while to decrease the MID- listening to a radio channel to manually DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise. adjust frequency.

TREBLE Control 11. Automatic Channel Selection To increase the TREBLE, rotate the knob Button clockwise, while to decrease the TRE- • When the [SEEK ] button is pressed, BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise. it increases the band frequency to automatically select channel. Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is FADER Control found. Turn the control knob clockwise to • When the [TRACK ] button is press- emphasize rear speaker sound(front ed, it reduces the band frequency to speaker sound will be attenuated). automatically select channel. Stops at When the control knob is turned counter- the previous frequency if no channel is clockwise, front speaker sound will be found. emphasized(rear speaker sound will be attenuated).

BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound(left speaker sound will be attenuated). When the control knob is turned counter clockwise, left speaker sound will be emphasized(right speaker sound will be attenuated).

4 112 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 113

Features of your vehicle

CDP(PA710YF)

1. CD Loading Slot 2. CD Eject Button 3. CD Selection Button 4. Automatic Track Selection Button 5. RANDOM Play Button 6. REPEAT Button 7. CD Indicator Icon 8. SCAN Play Button CDC, AUX(PA760YF) 9. INFO Button 10. Folder Moving Button 11. Search/ENTER Button 12. Search Button 13. ENTER Button 14. CD LOAD Button 15. DISC Selection Button

❋There will be no , , logo if the Bluetooth/XM SATELLITE/HD RADIO feature is not supported.

4 113 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 114

Features of your vehicle

1. CD Loading Slot 4. Automatic Track Selection 6. REPEAT Button Insert CD with printed side upward and Button Press this button for less than 0.8 second gently push in. When the ignition switch is • Push [TRACK ] button for less than to activate ‘RPT’ mode and more than 0.8 on ACC or ON and power is off, power is 0.8 second to play from the beginning seconds to activate ‘ RPT’ mode. automatically turned on if the CD is of current song. • RPT : Only a track(file) is repeatedly loaded. This CDP supports only 12cm CD. • Push [TRACK ] button for less than played back. If VCD, Data CD are loaded, "Reading 0.8 second and press again within 1 • RPT(MP3/WMA Only) : Only files Error" message will appear and CD will be seconds to play the previous song. in a folder are repeatedly played back. ejected. • Push [TRACK ] button for 0.8 or longer to initiate reverse direction high 7. CD Indicator Icon(CDP Only) 2. CD Eject Button speed sound search of current song. When car ignition switch is ACC or ON Push button for less than 0.8 seconds to • Push [SEEK ] button for less than 0.8 second to play the next song. and if the CD is loaded, this indicator Icon eject the CD during CD playback. This but- is on. If the CD is ejected the Icon is off. ton is enabled when ignition switch is off. • Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 or • ALL EJECT(CDC Only) longer to initiate high speed sound 8. SCAN Play Button Press this button for more than 0.8 sec- search of current song. onds to eject all discs inside the deck in Plays first 10 seconds of each song in respective order. 5. RANDOM Play Button the DISC. To cancel the mode, press the button once again. Press this button for less than 0.8 second 3. CD Selection Button to activate ‘RDM’ mode and more than 9. INFO Button If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode. If no 0.8 seconds to activate ‘ALL RDM’ mode. CD, it displays "NO Disc" (for PA710YF dis- • RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc Displays the information of the current plays “NO Media”) for 3 seconds and are played back in a random sequence. CD TRACK(FILE) as below when the returns to th previous mode. • ALL RDM(MP3/WMA Only) : All files in button is pressed each time. a disc are played back in the random • CDDA : DISC TITLE➟DISC ARTIST ➟ sequence. TRACK TITLE➟TRACK ARTIST➟TOTAL TRACK...

4 114 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 115

Features of your vehicle

• MP3/WMA : FILE NAME➟TITLE➟ 12. Search Button ➟ ➟ ➟ ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL Press the [TUNE ] button to display FILE... (not displayed if the information the songs next to the currently played is not available on the DISC.) song. Press the [ TUNE] button to display 10. Folder Moving Button the songs before to the currently played Press the [FOLDER ] button to move song. to child folder of the current folder and 13. ENTER Button displays the first song in the folder. Press the [ENTER] button to play the Press TUNE/ENTER Knob(for PA760YF, selected song. Press [ENTER] button) to move to the folder played. It will play the first song in the folder. 14. CD LOAD Button Press the [FOLDER ] button to move Push [LOAD] button to load CDs to avail- to parent folder of the current folder and able CDC deck (from 1~6). Push [LOAD] displays the first song in the folder. button for more than 2 seconds to load Press TUNE/ENTER knob(for PA760YF, into all available decks. The last CD will Press [ENTER] button) to move the fold- play. 10 seconds idle status will disable er displayed. loading process.

11. Search/ENTER Button 15. DISC Selection Button • [DISC ] Change Button Changes Turn this button clockwise to display the disc to the previous disc. songs next to the currently played song. Turn the button counterclockwise to dis- • [DISC ] Change Button Changes play the songs before the current played disc to the next disc. song. Press the button to skip and play the selected song.

4 115 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 116

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION IN USING (Continued) (Continued) • An encoded MP3 PLAYER is not • If you disconnect the external USB USB DEVICE recognizable. device during playback in USB • To use an external USB device, • Depending on the condition of mode, the external USB device can make sure the device is not con- the external USB device, the con- be damaged or may malfunction. nected when starting up the vehi- nected external USB device can Therefore, connect the external cle. Connect the device after be unrecognizable. USB device when the audio is starting up. • When the formatted byte/sector turned off or in another mode (e.g, • If you start the engine when the setting of External USB devices is Radio, XM or CD). USB device is connected, it may not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE, • Depending on the type and capac- damage the USB device. (USB then the device will not be recog- ity of the external USB device or flashdrives are very sensitive to nized. the type of the files stored in the electric shock.) • Use only a USB device formatted device, there is a difference in the • If the engine is started up or to FAT 12/16/32. time taken for recognition of the turned off while the external USB • USB devices without USB I/F device. device is connected, the external • Do not use the USB device for pur- USB device may not work. authentication may not be recognizable. pose other than playing music files. • It may not play inauthentic MP3 or • Use of USB accessories such as WMA files. • Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact rechargers or heaters using USB 1) It can only play MP3 files with the human body or other objects. I/F may lower performance or the compression rate between cause trouble. 8Kbps~320Kbps. • If you repeatedly mounting and unmounting the USB device in a • If you use devices such as a USB 2) It can only play WMA music short period of time, it may break- hub purchased separately, the files with the compression rate the device. vehicle’s audio system may not between 8Kbps~320Kbps. • You may hear a strange noise recognize the USB device. In that • Take precautions for static electrici- when connecting or disconnect- case, connect the USB device ty when connecting or disconnect- ing a USB device. directly to the multimedia termi- ing the external USB device. nal of the vehicle. (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

4 116 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 117

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) • If the USB device is divided by • Please avoid using USB memory logical drives, only the music files products which can be used as on the highest-priority drive are key chains or cellular phone recognized by car audio. accessories as they could cause • Devices such as MP3 Player/ damage to the USB jack. Please Cellular phone/Digital camera can make certain only to use plug type be unrecognizable by standard connector products as shown USB I/F can be unrecognizable. below. • Some non-standard USB devices (METAL COVER TYPE USB) can be unrecognizable. • Some USB flash memory readers (such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or external-HDD type devices can be unrecognizable. • Music files protected by DRM (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT) are not recognizalbe. • The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio. Always back up important data on a personal storage device. (Continued)

4 117 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 118

Features of your vehicle

USING USB(PA710YF)

1. USB Selection Button 2. Track Moving Button 3. RANDOM Playback Button 4. REPEAT Button 5. SCAN Selection Button 6. INFO Selection Button 7. Folder Moving Button USING USB(PA760YF) 8. Search/ENTER Button 9. ENTER Button 10. Search Button

❋There will be no , , logo if the Bluetooth/XM SATELLITE/HD RADIO feature is not supported.

4 118 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 119

Features of your vehicle

1. USB Selection Button 3. RANDOM Playback Button 6. INFO Selection Button If USB is connected, it switches to the Press this button for less than 0.8 sec- Displays the information of the file cur- USB mode from the previous mode to onds to activate 'RDM' mode and more rently played in the order of FILE NAME play the song files stored in the USB. If a than 0.8 seconds to activate 'ALL RDM' ➟TITLE➟ARTIST➟ALBUM➟FOLDER➟ CD or auxiliary device is not connected, mode. TOTAL FILE➟NORMAL DISPLAY➟FILE it displays "NO Media" for 3 seconds and • RDM : Only files in a folder are played NAME➟... (Displays no information if the returns to the previous mode. back in a random sequence. file has no song information.) • ALL RDM : All files in a USB memory 2. Track Moving Button are played back in the random sequence. 7. Folder Moving Button • Press the [TRACK ] button for less • Press the [FOLDER ] button to than 0.8 second to play from the begin- 4. REPEAT Button move to child folder of the current fold- ning of the song currently played. Press this button for less than 0.8 sec- er and displays the first song in the Press the button for less than 0.8 seconds to activate ‘RPT’ mode and more folder. Press TUNE/ ENTER knob(for ond and press it again within 1 sec- than 0.8 seconds to activate ‘ RPT’ PA760YF, Press [ENTER] button) to onds to move and play the previous mode. move to the folder It will play the first track. Press the button for 0.8 second • RPT : Only a file is repeatedly played song in the folder. or longer to play the song in reverse back. • Press the [FOLDER ] button to direction in fast speed. • RPT : Only files in a folder are move to parent folder and displays the • Press the [SEEK ] button for less repeatedly played back. first song in the folder. than 0.8 second to move to the next Press TUNE/ENTER knob(for PA760YF, track. Press the button for 0.8 second press [ENTER] button) to move to the or longer to play the song in forward 5. SCAN Selection Button folder displayed. direction in fast speed. Plays 10 seconds of each song in the USB device. Press the button once again to cancel scanning.

4 119 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 120

Features of your vehicle

8. Search/ENTER Button Turn this button clockwise to display the songs next to the currently played song. Turn the button counterclockwise to display the songs before the currently played song. Press the button to skip and play the selected song.

9. Search Button Press the [TUNE ] button to display the songs next to the currently played song. Press the [ TUNE] button to display the songs before to the currently played song.

10. ENTER Button Press the [ENTER] button to play the selected song.

4 120 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:21 PM Page 121

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPod CAUTION IN USING (Continued) DEVICE • Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer iPod DEVICE function of an iPod when adjust- • Some iPod models might not sup- • The Hyundai iPod Power Cable is port the communication protocol ing the audio system’s volume, needed in order to operate an and turn off the equalizer of the and the files will not be played. iPod with the audio buttons on Supported iPod models: audio system when using the the audio system. The USB cable equalizer of an iPod. - iPod Mini provided by Apple may cause a • When the iPod cable is connected, - iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic) malfunction and should not be the system can be switched to the generation used for Hyundai vehicles. AUX mode even without the iPod - iPod Nano 1st~4th generation ❋ The Hyundai iPod Power Cable - iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation device and may cause noise. may be purchased through your Disconnect the iPod cable when • The order of search or playback of Hyundai Dealership. songs in the iPod can be different you are not using the iPod device. from the order searched in the • When connecting an iPod with the • When not using an iPod with the audio system. iPod Power Cable, insert the con- car audio, detach the iPod cable • If the iPod disabled due to its own nector into the multimedia socket from iPod. Otherwise, the iPod may malfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset: completely. If not inserted com- remain in accessary mode, and Refer to iPod manual) pletely, communications between may not work properly. • An iPod may not operate normally the iPod and audio may be inter- on low battery. rupted. • When adjusting the sound effects of an iPod and the audio system, the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound. (Continued)

4 121 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 122

Features of your vehicle

RUNNING iPod®(PA710YF) iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

1. iPod Selection Button 2. Track Moving Button 3. RANDOM Playback Button 4. REPEAT Button 5. INFO Selection Button 6. Category Selection Button 7. Search/ENTER Button RUNNING iPod®(PA760YF) 8. Search Button 9. ENTER Button

❋There will be no , , logo if the Bluetooth/XM SATELLITE/HD RADIO feature is not supported.

4 122 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 123

Features of your vehicle

1. iPod Selection Button 3. RANDOM Playback Button 7. Search/ENTER Button If an iPod is connected, he system Press the button for less than 0.8 second When you turn the button clockwise, it switches to the iPod mode from the pre- to activate or deactivate the random play- will display the songs(category) next to vious to play the song files stored in iPod. back of the songs within the current cat- the song currently played(category in the If no CD and auxiliary device is connect- egory. Press the button for longer than same level). Also, when you turn the but- ed, the system displays "NO Media" for 3 0.8 second to randomly play all songs in ton counterclockwise, it will display the seconds and returns to the previous the entire album of iPod. Press the button songs(category) before the song current- mode once again to cancel the mode. ly played (category in the same level). If you want to listen to the song displayed 2. Track Moving Button 4. REPEAT Button in the song category, press the button, • Press the [TRACK ] button for less Repeats the song currently played. then it will skip to the selected song and than 0.8 second to play from the begin- play. ning of the song currently played. 5. INFO Selection Button 8. Search Button Press the button for less than 0.8 sec- Displays the information of the file cur- ond and press it again within 1 sec- rently played in the order of TITLE➟ Press the [TUNE ] button to dis- onds to move and play the previous ARTIST➟ALBUM➟NORMAL DISPLAY➟ play the songs(category) next to the track. Press the button for 0.8 second TITLE➟... (Displays no information if the song currently played (category in or longer to play the song in reverse file has no song information.) the same level) direction in fast speed. Press the [ TUNE] button to display • Press the [SEEK ] button for less 6. Category Selection Button the songs(category) before to the than 0.8 second to move to the next song currently played(category in the track. Press the button for 0.8 second Moves to the upper category from cur- same level) or longer to play the song in forward rently played category of iPod. direction in fast speed. To move to(play) the category(song) displayed, MENU(preset6) You will be able 9. ENTER Button to search through the lower category of Press the [ENTER] button to play the selected category. the selected song. The order of iPod's category is SONG, ALBUMES ARTISTS, GENRES, and iPod.

4 123 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 124

Features of your vehicle

XM SATELLITE RADIO(PA710YF)

1. XM Selection Button 2. INFO Button 3. Automatic Channel Selection Button 4. SCAN Button 5. CATEGORY Search Button 6. Manual Channel Selection Button 7. Preset Button XM SATELLITE RADIO(PA760YF)

❋There will be no , , logo if the Bluetooth/XM SATELLITE/HD RADIO feature is not supported.

4 124 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 125

Features of your vehicle

Using XM satellite Radio • Push [SEEK ] button for less than 6. Manual Channel Selection Button Your vehicle is equipped with 3 months 0.8 second to select next channel. complimentary period of XM Satellite • Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 second or While listening to XM broadcast, rotate Radio. XM provides access to over 130 longer to continuously move to next channel. this control to the right or left to search channels of music, information, and • Radio ID : Seek or Tune to XM channel other channels while listening to current entertainment programming. 0 to display the Radio ID. channel. (Turn to the right to searchhigh- er channels and left, lower channels) 1. XM Selection Button 4. SCAN Button Turns to XM Satellite Radio Mode. XM Press to hear a brief sampling of all mode toggles in order to XM1➟XM2➟ channel. To cancel the scan mode, press In case of PA760YF, press the ➟ XM3 XM1... when the button is pressed the button once again. [TUNE ] button to search higher chan- each time. nels and the [ TUNE] button, lower channels. 5. CATEGORY Search Button 2. INFO Button • Push [FOLDER ] button to search Displays the information of the current previous category. 7. Preset Button channel in the order of Artist/Song title➟ • Push [CAT ] button to search next Push [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec- Category/Channel name➟Current Play category. To listen to the displayed cat- ond to play the channel saved in each Channel➟Artist/Song title➟Category/ egory, press the TUNE/SETUP but- button. Push Preset button for 0.8 sec- Channel name... when the button is ton(for PA760YF, press [ENTER] but- ond or longer to save current channel to pressed each time. The complete text ton). To scan channel in displayed cat- the respective button with a beep. information is not displayed, rotate the egory, press the scan button. tune button to see the next page. To search channel in displayed category, press seek buttons or turn the tune 3. Automatic Channel Selection button clockwise/counterclockwise(for Button PA760YF, press [ TUNE ]). • Push [TRACK ] button for less than (CATEGORY icon is will be turned on 0.8 second to select previous channel. in Category mode) • Push [TRACK ] button for 0.8 second or longer to continuously move to previous channel.

4 125 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 126

Features of your vehicle

HD RADIOTM RECEPTION (PA760YF OPTION)

1. SEEK UP/DOWN Button 2. SCAN Button 3. INFO Button 4. Preset Button 5. TUNE Button

❋There will be no , , logo if the Bluetooth/XM SATELLITE/HD RADIO feature is not supported.

4 126 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 127

Features of your vehicle

HD RADIOTM INFORMATION Currently, radio stations broadcasting an HD RadioTM signal delay TM HD Radio signal are operating in a To overcome the delay that digital sys- hybrid mode of both, analog and digital, TM Licensing information tems inherently produce, HD Radio in order to reach both receivers. In both technology first uses the audio signal of modes, analog and digital, the broad- the analog broadcasting when you tune casted program contents is the to an AM station or to the main channel same(except of multicasting, see below). of a FM station. After that, the system will blend from analog to digital signal. Eventually, as analog receivers are replaced by digital ones, radio stations TM Normally, this blending is very smooth. If HD Radio Technology Manufactured may be able to turn off their analog Under License From Biquity Digital you experience a skip in program content broadcasting and use only digital broad- of several seconds, the radio station has Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. casting. not implemented HD RadioTM broadcast- HD RadioTM and the HD and HD Radio ing correctly. This is not a problem with logos are proprietary trademarks of Multicasting your audio system. iBiquity Digital Corporation. HD RadioTM FM stations are able to broadcast multiple digital program Due to the fact that sub channels are only Availability information streams(channels) over a single FM fre- broadcasting digital, blending from analog HD RadioTM reception is available in the quency. For example, a HD RadioTM FM to digital signal is not possible if you tune United States, including Alaska and station can run a main channel of music to a sub channel. In this case playback of Hawaii. and a sub channel of news(or even two the sub channel starts after several sec- different music channels) at one frequen- onds, this is a normal function. What is HD RadioTM technology? cy. The vehicle audio system (if equipped) is able to receive standard analog FM/AM But only the program content of the main radio broadcasting as well as digital HD channel is broadcasted in analog. RadioTM FM/AM broadcasting. HD RadioTM technology provides digital and analog reception using existing FM and AM broadcasting frequencies.

4 127 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 128

Features of your vehicle

Automatic switching between dig- Radio display while receiving a 1.SEEK UP/DOWN Button ital and analog broadcasting digital HD RadioTM Press this button to automatically select If the reception of the digital signal is lost, previous or next station. the system switches automatically to the (HD➟HD2➟ ... HD8➟107.8MHz➟...) analog signal. As soon as the digital signal is available again it will switch back. 2. SCAN Button Press to hear a brief sampling of all sta- Due to the fact that sub channels are tion on the frequency band. But no only broadcasted digital, the system scaned HD RadioTM signal. mutes playback if you have tuned to a When you press this button again at this sub channel and the digital signal is lost. moment, you can receive this broadcast- The main line shows the message No ing that you choose. HD signal in place of station name. After approximately one minute with the 3. INFO Button digital signal lost, the system will auto- Showing details of this currently tuned matically tune to the analog signal of the HD RadioTM station.(Showing the artist corresponding frequency. 1. Call Sign(Station Name) name, song title) 2. Channel Name(HD1=main channel, Text based information HD2~8=sub channel) 4. Preset Button HD RadioTM stations are able to broad- 3. Indicator for HD RadioTM • Push [1] ~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec- cast text based information, e.g. station ond to play the channel saved in each name, song title and artist name. The button. Driver Information System is able to dis- • Push preset button for 0.8 second or play this information. longer to save current channel to the respective button with a beep.

5. TUNE Button When you press the [ TUNE ] button, the frequency increase or decrease. But skipped HD RadioTM signal. ex) HD1(107.7MHz) ➟107.8MHz ➟... 4 128 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 129

Features of your vehicle

BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION ■ General Features ■ Bluetooth Language Setting • This audio system supports Bluetooth® The system language can be changed by hands-free and stereo-headset features. the following steps: - HANDS-FREE feature: Making or 1. Power on the audio system with the receiving calls wirelessly through volume set to an audible level. 1 voice recognition. 2. Press and hold button on the - STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playing steering wheel until the audio displays 2 music from cellular phones (that sup- “Please Wait”. ports A2DP feature) wirelessly. - The Bluetooth® system will reply in • Voice recognition engine of the currently selected language that it is 3 Bluetooth® system supports 3 types of changing to the next language. languages: - System language cycles between - English English, Canadian French and US - US Spanish Spanish. - Canadian French 3. When completed, the audio display 1. TALK button : Activates voice recognition. returns to normal. 2. CALL button : Places and transfers calls. ✽ NOTICE 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan- 3. END button : Ends calls or cancel guage selection. functions. • The phone must be paired to the system before using Bluetooth® features. NOTE: ■ ® • Only one selected (linked) cellular What is Bluetooth ? phone can be used with the system at ® The phone needs to be paired again Bluetooth is a wireless technology that a time. after changing system language. allows multiple devices to be connected • Some phones are not fully compatible - Avoid resting your thumb or finger in a short range, low-powered devices with this system. on the as the language could like hands-free, stereo headset, wireless unintentionally change. remocon, etc. For more information, visit the Bluetooth® website at www.Bluetooth.com

4 129 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 130

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION IN USING (continue) BLUETOOTH® CELLU- • Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects, otherwise LAR PHONE ® • Do not use a cellular phone or Communications with Bluetooth perform Bluetooth® settings (e.g. system or cellular service sta- pairing a phone) while driving. tions can be disturbed. ® • While a phone is connected • Some Bluetooth -enabled phones ® may not be recognized by the through Bluetooth your phone may discharge quicker than usual system or fully compatible with ® the system. for additional Bluetooth -related operations. • Before using Bluetooth ® related features of the audio system, • Some cellular phones or other refer to your phone’s User’s devices may cause interference Manual for phone-side Bluetooth® noise or malfunction of the audio operations. system. In this case, storing the device in a different location may • The phone must be paired to the resolve the situation. audio system to use Bluetooth® related features. • You may not use “Call by name” function because some cellular • You will not be able to use the phones do not support down- hands-free feature when your loading phonebook intermittently. phone(in the car) is outside of the cellular service area(e.g. in a tunnel, in an underground garage, in a mountainous area, etc.) • If the cellular phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is too loud, it may be difficult to hear the other person’s voice during a call. (Continued)

4 130 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 131

Features of your vehicle

■ Voice Recognition Activation ■ Menu tree ■ Voice Operation Tip • The voice recognition engine contained The menu tree identifies available voice To get the best performance out of the in the Bluetooth System can be activat- recognition Bluetooth® functions. Voice Recognition System, observe the ed in the following conditions: following: - Button Activation - Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet The voice recognition system will be Setup Pair phone as possible. Close the window to elimi- active when the button is nate surrounding noise (traffic noise, pressed and after the sound of a Select phone vibration sounds, etc), which may dis- Beep. Delete phone turb recognizing the voice command - Active Listening Change priority correctly. The voice recognition system will be - Speak a command after a beep sound active for a period of time when the Bluetooth off within 5 seconds. Otherwise the com- Voice Recognition system has asked mand will not be received properly. for a customer response. - Speak in a natural voice without paus- • The system can recognize single digits- Phonebook Add entry By voice ing between words. from zero to nine while numbers greater By Phone than ten will not be recognized. The Bluetooth® icon appears on the • If the command is not recognized, the Change upper side of audio display when a system will announce "Pardon" or No Delete name phone is connected. input voice signal from microphone. (No response) • The system shall cancel voice recogni- Call By name tion mode in following cases : When pressing the button and saying By number cancel following the beep. When not making a call and pressing the button. When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times. • At any time if you say “help”, the system will announce what commands are available.

4 131 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 132

Features of your vehicle

■ Phone Setup • Pairing phone - Use any name to uniquely describe All Bluetooth® related operations can be Before using Bluetooth® features, the your phone. performed by voice command or by man- phone must be paired (registered) to the 6. Bluetooth® system will repeat the ual operation.< audio system. Up to 5 phones can be name you stated. paired in the system. 7. Say "Yes" to confirm. • By Voice Command: 8. The audio displays “searching ---- Press button on the steering Note: passkey: 0000” and asks you to initiate wheel to activate voice recognition. • The pairing procedure of the phone pairing procedure from the phone. varies according to each phone model. 9. Search the Bluetooth® system on your Before attempting to pair phone, please phone.Your phone should display your [vehi- ® Push the TUNE knob to enter SETUP see your phone’s User’s Guide for cle model name] on the Bluetooth device mode. instructions. list. Then attempt pairing on your phone. Select desired item by pressing the [ • Once pairing with the phone is com- 10. After Pairing is completed, your phone FOLDER ] button, then push the pleted, there is no need to pair with that will start to transfer phone/contact list [ENTER] button. phone again unless the phone is delet- to the audio system. Select “BT” item by rotating the TUNE ed manually from the audio system - This process may take from a few knob, then push the knob. (refer “Deleting Phone” section) or the minutes to over 10 minutes depend- Select desired item by rotating the TUNE vehicle’s information is removed from ing on the phone model and number knob, then push the knob. the phone. of entries in the phone/contact list. 11. By manual operation: 1. Press button. - Select “PAIR” in PHONE menu, then- proceed from step 5. Press the [SET UP] button to enter 2. Say “Set Up”. SETUP MODE. - The system replies with available Select "BLUETOOTH" item by pressing commands. the [ FOLDER ] button, then push - To skip the information message, the [ENTER] button. press again and then a beep is heard. 3. Say “Pair Phone” 4. Say “Yes” to proceed. 5. Say the name of your phone when prompted.

4 132 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 133

Features of your vehicle

Note: phone from the list. • Changing Priority • Until the audio displays “Transfer 5. Say "Yes" to confirm. When several phones are paired to the Complete”, Bluetooth® hands-free fea- 6. By manual operation: audio system, the system attempts to ture may not be fully operational. - Select “SELECT” in PHONE menu, connect following order when the ® • If the phone is paired to two or more vehi- then select desired phone from the Bluetooth system is enabled: cles of the same model, i.e. both vehicles list. 1) “Priority” checked phone. are HYUNDAI SONATA, some phones 2) Previously connected phone may not handle Bluetooth® devices of • Deleting Phone 3) Gives up auto connection. that name correctly. The paired phone can be deleted. In this case, you may need to change the - When the phone is deleted, all the infor- 1. Press button. name displayed on your phone from mation associated with that phone is 2. Say “Set Up”. SONATA. also be deleted (including phonebook). • Refer to your phone’s User’s Guide, or 3. Say “Change Priority” after prompt. - If you want to use the deleted phone contact your cellular carrier or phone - The system lists all the registered with the audio system again, pairing manufacturer for instructions. phone names. procedure must be completed once more. 4. Say the name or number of desired • Connecting phone phone from the list. 1. Press button. When the Bluetooth® system is enabled, 5. Say “Yes” to confirm. 2. Say “Set Up”. the phone previously used is automati- 6. By manual operation: 3. Say “Delete Phone” after prompt. cally selected and re-connected. If you - Select “PRIORITY” in PHONE menu, - The system lists all the registered want to select a different phone previous- then select desired phone from the phone names. ly paired, the phone can be selected list. through “Select Phone” menu. 4. Say the name or number of desired phone from the list. Only a selected phone can be used with • Adjusting Bluetooth® Volume 5. Say “Yes” to confirm. the hands-free system. Bluetooth® system volume can be 1. Press button. 6. By manual operation: adjusted separately from main volume of 2. Say "Set Up". - Select “DELETE” in PHONE menu, the audio system. Volume control is avail- 3. Say "Select Phone" after prompt then select desired phone from the list. able by manual operation only. - The system lists all the registered phone names. 4. Say the name or number of desired

4 133 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 134

Features of your vehicle

■ Phone Book (In-Vehicle) ✽ NOTICE Select “BT VOL” in PHONE menu, adjust • Adding Entry • The system can recognize single digits volume to desired level by turning the Phone numbers and voice tags can be from zero to nine. Numbers that are TUNE knob, then press the knob again to registered. Entries registered in the ten or greater cannot be recognized. confirm. phone can also be transferred. • You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths. • Adding Entry by Voice • To speed up input, it is a good idea to Select "BT Volume" in BLUETOOTH 1. Press button. menu, adjust volume to desired level by group all digits into a continuous 2. Say "Phonebook". pressing the button [ FOLDER ], string. then press the button to confirm [ENTER]. - The system replies with all available • The display corresponding to each commands. operation appears on the screen as fol- - To skip the information message, press lows: • Turning Bluetooth® ON/OFF again and then a beep is heard. • Input operation example: Bluetooth® system can be enabled (ON) 3. Say "Add Entry". 1. Say: “Nine, nine, five” or disabled (OFF) by this menu. ➟ 4. Say "By Voice" to proceed. Display: “995” - If Bluetooth® is disabled, all the commands 2. And say: “Seven, three, four” related to Bluetooth® system prompts whether 5. Say the name of the entry when ➟ Display: “995734” you wish to turn Bluetooth® ON or not. prompted. 1. Press button. 6. Say “Yes”to confirm. 2. Say “Set Up” 7. Say the phone number of that entry when prompted. 3. Say “Bluetooth Off” after prompt. 8. Say “Store” if phone number input is 4. Say “Yes” to confirm. finished. 5. By manual operation: 9. Say a phone number type. “Home”, - Select “BT Off” in PHONE menu, then “Work”, “Mobile”, “Other” or “Default” is after announcement, say “YES” to available. confirm. 10. Say “Yes” to complete adding entry. 11. Say “Yes” to store additional location for this contact, or say “Cancel” to finish the process.

4 134 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 135

Features of your vehicle

• Adding Entry by Phone ■ Making a Phone Call ✽ Tip 1. Press button. • Calling by Name A shortcut to each of the following func- 2. Say "Phonebook". A phone call can be made by speaking tions is available: 3. Say "Add Entry" after prompt. names registered in the audio system. 1. Say “Dial Number” 4. Say "By Phone" to proceed. 1. Press button. 2. Say “Dial ” 5. Say “Yes” to confirm. 2. Say "Call". ■ Receiving a Phone Call 6.Your phone will start to transfer 3. Say “Name” when prompted. phone/contact list to the audio system. When receiving a phone call, a ringtone 4. Say desired name (voice tag). is audible from speakers and the audio This process may take over 10 minutes 5. Say desired location (phone number system changes into telephone mode. depending on the phone model and type). Only stored locations can be number of entries When receiving a phone call, “Incoming” selected. message and incoming phone number 7. Wait till the audio displays “Transfer 6. Say “Yes” to confirm and make a call. Complete” message. (if available) are displayed on the audio. • To Answer a Call: ✽ Tip • Changing Name - Press button on the steering wheel. A shortcut to each of the following func- • To Reject a Call: The registered names can be modified. tions is available: - Press button on the steering 1.Press button. 1. Say “Call Name” wheel. 2.Say “Phonebook” 2. Say “Call ” • To Adjust Ring Volume: 3.Say “Change Name” after prompt. 3. Say “Call at ” - Use VOLUME buttons on the steering 4.Say the name of the entry (voice tag). • Dialing by Number wheel. 5.Say “Yes” to confirm. A phone call can be made by dialing the • To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret Call): 6.Say new desired name. spoken numbers. The system can recog- - Press and hold button on the steer- nize single digits from zero to nine. ing wheel until the audio system trans- • Deleting Name 1.Press button. fers a call to the phone. The registered names can be deleted. 2.Say “Call”. 1.Press button. 3.Say “Number” when prompted. 2.Say “Phonebook” 4.Say desired phone numbers. 3.Say “Delete Name” after prompt. 5.Say “Dial” to complete the number and 4.Say the name of the entry (voice tag) make a call. 5.Say “Yes” to confirm. 4 135 YF HMA 4-104~(AUDIO).QXP 12/24/2009 5:22 PM Page 136

Features of your vehicle

■ Talking on the Phone ■ Using the head unit as Bluetooth • Please refer to the User’s Guide of When talking on the phone, “Active Calls” music your phone for more informations. To message and the other party’s phone The head unit supports A2DP (Audio stop music, try stop music by the number (if available) are displayed on the Advanced Distribution Profile) and phone change audio mode to audio. AVRCP(Audio Video Remote Control AM/FM/XM, CD, iPSod etc. • To Mute the Microphone Profile). - Press button on the steering Both profiles are available for listening to wheel. MP3 music via Bluetooth cellular phone • To Finish a Call supporting above Bluetooth profiles. - Press button on the steering wheel. To play MP3 music from the Bluetooth cellular phone, press the [AUX] button ✽ NOTICE until “MP3 Play” is displayed on the LCD. In the following situations, you or the Then try playing music by phone. other party may have difficulty hear- When playing music from the Bluetooth ing each other: cellular phone, the head unit displays 1. Speaking at the same time, your voice MP3 MODE. may not reach the other party. (This is not a malfunction.) Speak alternately with the other party on the phone. NOTE: 2. Keep the Bluetooth(R) volume to a • Not only MP3 files, but all the sounds low level. High-level volume may that the phone supports can be heard result in distortion and echo. by the audio system. 3. When driving on a rough road. • Bluetooth cellular phones must feature 4. When driving at high speeds. A2DP and AVRCP functions. 5. When the window is open. • Some A2DP and AVRCP Bluetooth 6. When the air conditioning vents are cellular phones may not play music facing the microphone. through the head unit on the first try. 7. When the sound of the air condition- Please try the below; ing fan is loud. i.e : Menu➟Filemanager➟Music➟ Option➟Play via Bluetooth

4 136 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:41 PM Page 1

Before driving / 5-3 Key / 5-4 Engine start/stop button / 5-7 Manual transaxle /5-11 Automatic transaxle / 5-14 Brake system / 5-21 Cruise control system / 5-31 Economical operation / 5-35 Special driving conditions / 5-37 Winter driving / 5-41 Vehicle load limit / 5-45 Driving your vehicle 5

Vehicle weight / 5-50 Trailer towing / 5-51 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:41 PM Page 2

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS! Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia- tion. • Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out. • Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary: 1. Close all windows. 2. Open side vents. 3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 2 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:42 PM Page 3

Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Before starting CALIFORNIA PROPOSI- • Be sure that all windows, outside mir- • Close and lock all doors. TION 65 WARNING ror(s), and outside lights are clean. • Position the seat so that all controls are Engine exhaust and a wide variety • Check the condition of the tires. easily reached. of automobile components and • Check under the vehicle for any sign of • Adjust the inside and outside rearview parts, including components found leaks. mirrors. in the interior furnishings in a vehi- • Be sure there are no obstacles behind • Be sure that all lights work. cle, contain or emit chemicals you if you intend to back up. known to the State of California to • Check all gauges. cause cancer and birth defects and • Check the operation of warning lights reproductive harm. In addition, cer- Necessary inspections when the ignition switch is turned to tain fluids contained in vehicles Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine the ON position. and certain products of component coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid • Release the parking brake and make wear contain or emit chemicals should be checked on a regular basis, sure the brake warning light goes out. known to the State of California to with the exact interval depending on the For safe operation, be sure you are famil- cause cancer and birth defects or fluid. Further details are provided in sec- iar with your vehicle and its equipment. other reproductive harm. tion 7, “Maintenance”. WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” in section 3 for more information on their proper use.

53 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:42 PM Page 4

Driving your vehicle

KEY

WARNING WARNING Always check the surrounding When you intend to park or stop the areas near your vehicle for people, vehicle with the engine on, be care- especially children, before putting a ful not to depress the accelerator car into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). pedal for a long period of time. It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire.

WARNING - Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous. OYF059017N Drunk driving is the number one Illuminated ignition switch contributor to the highway death Whenever a front door is opened, the toll each year. Even a small amount ignition switch will be illuminated for your of alcohol will affect your reflexes, convenience, provided the ignition switch perceptions and judgment. Driving is not in the ON position. The light will go while under the influence of drugs off immediately when the ignition switch is as dangerous or more dangerous is turned on or go off after about 30 sec- than driving drunk. onds when the door is closed. You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a cab.

5 4 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:42 PM Page 5

Driving your vehicle

ACC (Accessory) START Without the immobilizer Turn the ignition switch to the START The steering wheel is unlocked and elec- position to start the engine. The engine trical accessories are operative. will crank until you release the key; then it returns to the ON position. The brake ✽ NOTICE warning lamp can be checked in this position. If difficulty is experienced in turning the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key while turning the steering wheel WARNING - Ignition right and left to release the tension. switch With the immobilizer • Never turn the ignition switch to OYF059016 The electrical accessories are opera- LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is Ignition switch position tive. moving. This would result in loss of directional control and braking LOCK function, which could cause an ON Without the immobilizer accident. The warning lights can be checked The steering wheel locks to protect • The anti-theft steering column lock before the engine is started. This is the against theft. The ignition key can be is not a substitute for the parking removed only in the LOCK position. normal running position after the engine brake. Before leaving the driver’s When turning the ignition switch to the is started. seat, always make sure the shift LOCK position, push the key inward at Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the lever is engaged in P (Park) set the the ACC position and turn the key toward engine is not running to prevent battery parking brake fully and shut the the LOCK position. discharge. engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur With the immobilizer if these precautions are not taken. The ignition key can be removed only in (Continued) the LOCK position.

55 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:42 PM Page 6

Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine 4. In extremely cold weather (below (Continued) 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle has • Never reach for the ignition switch, not been operated for several days, let or any other controls through the WARNING the engine warm up without depress- steering wheel while the vehicle is Always wear appropriate shoes ing the accelerator. in motion. The presence of your when operating your vehicle. Whether the engine is cold or warm, it hand or arm in this area could Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski should be started without depressing cause a loss of vehicle control, an boots,etc.) may interfere with your the accelerator. accident and serious bodily injury ability to use the brake, accelerator or death. pedal, and clutch (if equipped). • Do not place any movable objects CAUTION around the driver’s seat as they If the engine stalls while the vehicle may move while driving, interfere is in motion, do not attempt to move 1. Make sure the parking brake is with the driver and lead to an acci- the shift lever to the P (Park) posi- applied. dent. tion. If traffic and road conditions 2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the permit, you may put the shift lever clutch pedal fully and shift the in the N (Neutral) position while the transaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutch vehicle is still moving and turn the pedal and brake pedal depressed ignition switch to the START posi- while turning the ignition switch to the tion in an attempt to restart the start position. engine. Automatic Transaxle - Place the transaxle shift lever in P (Park). Depress the brake pedal fully. You can also start the engine when CAUTION the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) Do not engage the starter for more position. than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls 3. Turn the ignition switch to START and or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 seconds hold it there until the engine starts (a before re-engaging the starter. maximum of 10 seconds), then Improper use of the starter may release the key. damage it.

5 6 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:42 PM Page 7

Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED) Engine start/stop button position ✽ NOTICE OFF When you turn off the engine, the vehi- To turn off the engine, press the engine cle should be stopped. start/stop button with the engine start/stop button in the ON position and the shift lever in P(Park). When you press WARNING the engine start/stop button without the In an emergency situation while the shift lever in P(Park), the engine vehicle is moving, you can turn off start/stop button does not turn to the the engine and turn the engine OFF position, but turns to the ACC posi- start/stop button to the ACC position. tion by pressing the engine start/stop button for more than 2 OYF059001 seconds or 3 times successively Illuminated engine start/stop but- within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is ton moving, you can restart the engine without pressing the brake pedal Whenever the front door is opened, the by pressing the engine start/stop engine start/stop button will illuminate for button with the shift lever in the your convenience. The light will go off N(Neutral). after about 30 seconds when the door is closed.

57 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:42 PM Page 8

Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ✽ NOTICE Press the engine start/stop button while it • If you press the engine start/stop but- WARNING is in the OFF position without depressing ton without depressing the brake • Never press the engine start/stop the brake pedal. pedal, the engine does not start and button while the vehicle is in The electrical accessories are operative. the engine start/stop button changes motion. This would result in loss If you leave the engine start/stop button as follows : of directional control and braking in the ACC position for more than 1 hour, OFF → ACC → ON → OFF function, which could cause an the battery power will turn off automati- • If you leave the engine start/stop but- accident. cally to prevent the battery from dis- ton in the ACC or the ON position for • Before leaving the driver’s seat, charging. a long time, the battery will be dis- always make sure the shift lever charged. is engaged in P (Park), set the ON parking brake fully and shut the Press the engine start/stop button while it engine off. Unexpected and sud- button is in the ACC position without den vehicle movement may occur depressing the brake pedal. if these precautions are not taken. The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. Do not leave • Never reach for the engine the ON position if the engine is not run- start/stop button, or any other ning to prevent battery discharge. controls through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your START hand or arm in this area could To start the engine, press the brake cause a loss of vehicle control, pedal and press the engine start/stop an accident and serious bodily button with the shift lever in the P(Park) injury or death. or the N(Neutral) position. • Do not place any movable objects For your safety, start the engine with the around the driver’s seat as they shift lever in the P(Park) position. may move while driving, interfere with the driver and lead to an accident.

5 8 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:42 PM Page 9

Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine CAUTION WARNING If the engine stalls while you are in WARNING The engine will start only when the motion, do not attempt to move the smart key is in the vehicle. Never Always wear appropriate shoes shift lever to the P (Park) position. If allow children or any person who is when operating your vehicle. traffic and road conditions permit, unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski you may put the shift lever in the the engine start/stop button or boots, etc.) may interfere with your N(Neutral) position while the vehi- related parts. ability to use the brake and acceler- cle is still moving and press the ator pedal. engine start/stop button in an attempt to restart the engine. 1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle. 2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly • Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, applied. if it is far away from you, the engine may not start. 3. Place the shift lever in the P(Park) position. • When the engine start/stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any door is 4. Depress the brake pedal. open, the system checks for the smart 5. Press the engine start/stop button. key. If the smart key is not in the vehi- 6. In extremely cold weather (below - cle, the warning, "Key is not in vehicle" 18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has not will come on, and if all doors are been operated for several days, let the closed, the chime will also sound for engine warm up without depressing about 5 seconds. The indicator will turn the accelerator. off while the vehicle is moving. Keep Whether the engine is cold or warm, it the smart key in the vehicle when should be started without depressing using the ACC position or if the vehicle the accelerator. engine is on.

59 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:42 PM Page 10

Driving your vehicle

CAUTION • Do not press the engine start/stop button for more than 5 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is disconnected. • When you eject the smart key from the smart key holder, press the smart key inward and pull it out. If you pull out the smart key forcibly without first pushing the smart key, the smart key holder OYF059002N may be damaged and couldn’t ✽ NOTICE operate normally. • If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by inserting the smart key into the smart key holder. To eject the smart key from the smart key holder, press the smart key inward past the detent and then pull the key outward. • When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you can't start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing the engine start/stop button for 10 seconds with the engine start/stop button in the ACC mode. Always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine.

5 10 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:43 PM Page 11

Driving your vehicle

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED) Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 6 forward CAUTION gears. • When downshifting from fifth This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift gear to fourth gear, caution knob. The transaxle is fully synchronized should be taken not to inadver- in all forward gears so shifting to either a tently press the shift lever side- higher or a lower gear is easily accom- ways in such a manner that the plished. second gear is engaged. Such a drastic downshift may cause the To shift gears, press the clutch pedal engine speed to increase to the down fully, select the desired gear with point that the tachometer will the gearshift lever, and release the clutch enter the red-zone. Such over- pedal slowly. revving of the engine and The shift lever must be returned to the transaxle may possibly cause The shift lever can be moved into any of neutral position before shifting into R engine damage. the forward gears without pulling the (Reverse). The ring (1) located below the • Do not downshift more than 2 ring (1). shift knob must be pulled upward while gears or downshift the gear when The ring (1) must be pulled while mov- moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) the engine is running at high ing the shift lever into reverse. position. speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Make sure the vehicle is completely OYF059005 Such a downshifting may damage stopped before shifting into R (Reverse). the engine. Never operate the engine with the tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

511 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:43 PM Page 12

Driving your vehicle

• During cold weather, shifting may be Using the clutch difficult until the transaxle lubricant is WARNING The clutch should be depressed all the warmed up. This is normal and not • Before leaving the driver’s seat, way to the floor before shifting, then harmful to the transaxle. always set the parking brake fully released slowly. The clutch pedal should • If you've come to a complete stop and and shut the engine off. Then always be fully released while driving. Do it's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse), make sure the transaxle is shifted not rest your foot on the clutch pedal leave the shift lever in the neutral posi- into 1st gear when the vehicle is while driving. This can cause unneces- tion and release the clutch. Depress parked on a level or uphill grade, sary wear. Do not partially engage the the clutch pedal back down, and then and shifted into R (Reverse) on a clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline. shift into 1st or R (Reverse) gear posi- downhill grade. Unexpected and This causes unnecessary wear. Use the tion. sudden vehicle movement can foot brake or parking brake to hold the occur if these precautions are not vehicle on an incline. Do not operate the CAUTION followed in the order identified. clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly. • To avoid premature clutch wear and damage, do not drive with Downshifting your foot resting on the clutch It is important to downshift when you pedal. Also, don’t use the clutch must slow down in heavy traffic or while to hold the vehicle stopped on an driving up or down steep hills. uphill grade, while waiting for a Downshifting reduces the chance of traffic light, etc. stalling and gives better acceleration. • Do not use the shift lever as a When the vehicle is traveling down steep handrest during driving, as this hills, downshifting helps maintain safe can result in premature wear of speed and prolongs brake life. the transaxle shift forks. • When operating the clutch pedal, press the clutch pedal down fully. If you don't press the clutch pedal fully, the clutch may be damaged or noise may occur.

5 12 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:43 PM Page 13

Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices • Never take the vehicle out of gear and WARNING coast down a hill. This is extremely • Always buckle-up! In a collision, hazardous. Always leave the vehicle in an unbelted occupant is signifi- gear. cantly more likely to be seriously • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can injured or killed than a properly cause them to overheat and malfunc- belted occupant. tion. Instead, when you are driving • Avoid high speeds when corner- down a long hill, shift to a lower gear. ing or turning. When you do this, engine braking will • Do not make quick steering help slow down the vehicle. wheel movements, such as sharp • Slow down before shifting to a lower lane changes or fast, sharp turns. gear. This will help avoid over-revving • The risk of rollover is greatly the engine, which can cause damage. increased if you lose control of • Slow down when you encounter cross your vehicle at highway speeds. winds. This gives you much better con- • Loss of control often occurs if trol of your vehicle. two or more wheels drop off the • Be sure the vehicle is completely roadway and the driver over- stopped before you attempt to shift into steers to reenter the roadway. R (Reverse). The transaxle can be • In the event your vehicle leaves damaged if you do not. To shift into R the roadway, do not steer sharply. (Reverse), depress the clutch, move Instead, slow down before pulling the shift lever to neutral, wait three sec- back into the travel lanes. onds, then shift to the R (Reverse) position. • Never exceed posted speed lim- • Exercise extreme caution when driving its. on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control.

513 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:43 PM Page 14

Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever. To move the shift lever from the P (Park) position, the brake pedal must be depressed and the lock release button + (UP) must be pressed.

✽ NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will - (DOWN) adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transaxle Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button (1) when shifting, if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system. The lock release button (1) must be depressed while moving the shift lever.

The shift lever can be shifted without depressing the lock release button (1).

OYF059006N

5 14 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:43 PM Page 15

Driving your vehicle

For smooth operation, depress the brake Transaxle ranges pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a CAUTION The indicator in the instrument cluster forward or reverse gear. • To avoid damage to your displays the shift lever position when the transaxle, do not accelerate the ignition switch is in the ON position. engine in R (Reverse) or any for- WARNING - Automatic ward gear position with the P (Park) transaxle brakes on. Always come to a complete stop before • Always check the surrounding • When stopped on an incline, do shifting into P (Park). This position locks areas near your vehicle for peo- not hold the vehicle stationary the transaxle and prevents the drive ple, especially children, before with engine power. Use the serv- wheels from rotating. shifting a car into D (Drive) or R ice brake or the parking brake. (Reverse). • Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P • Before leaving the driver’s seat, (Park) into D (Drive), or R WARNING always make sure the shift lever (Reverse) when the engine is • Shifting into P (Park) while the is in the P (Park) position; then above idle speed. vehicle is in motion will cause the set the parking brake fully and drive wheels to lock which will shut the engine off. Unexpected cause you to lose control of the and sudden vehicle movement vehicle. can occur if these precautions • Do not use the P (Park) position are not followed in the order iden- in place of the parking brake. tified. Always make sure the shift lever is latched in the P (Park) position and set the parking brake fully. • Never leave a child unattended in a vehicle.

515 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:43 PM Page 16

Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse) N (Neutral) CAUTION Use this position to drive the vehicle The wheels and transaxle are not The transaxle may be damaged if backward. engaged. The vehicle will roll freely even you shift into P (Park) while the on the slightest incline unless the parking vehicle is in motion. CAUTION brake or service brakes are applied. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R D (Drive) (Reverse); you may damage the This is the normal forward driving posi- transaxle if you shift into R tion. The transaxle will automatically shift (Reverse) while the vehicle is in through a 6-gear sequence, providing the motion, except as explained in best fuel economy and power. “Rocking the vehicle” in this section. For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades, depress the accelerator fully, at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear.

✽ NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive).

5 16 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:44 PM Page 17

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE • In sports mode, the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone. • In sports mode, only the 6 forward gears can be selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever + (UP) to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position Sports mode as required. - (DOWN) • In sports mode, downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows OYF059008N down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear OYF059021 Sports mode is automatically selected. Paddle shifter (if equipped) Whether the vehicle is stationary or in • In sports mode, when the engine rpm The paddle shifter is available when the motion, sports mode is selected by push- approaches the red zone, the transaxle shift lever is in the D position or the sport ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi- will upshift automatically. mode. tion into the manual gate. To return to D • To maintain the required levels of (Drive) range operation, push the shift vehicle performance and safety, the lever back into the main gate. system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated. In sports mode, moving the shift lever • When driving on a slippery road, backwards and forwards will allow you to push the shift lever forward into the make gearshifts rapidly. +(up) position. This causes the Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear shift up one gear. which is better for smooth driving on Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once a slippery road. Push the shift lever to to shift down one gear. the -(down) side to shift back to the 1st gear.

517 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:44 PM Page 18

Driving your vehicle

With the shift lever in the D position Shift lock system The paddle shifter can operate when the For your safety, the automatic transaxle vehicle speed is more than 10km/h. has a shift lock system which prevents Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N shift up or down one gear and the system (Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless the changes from automatic mode to manual brake pedal is depressed. mode. To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N If the vehicle speed is lower than 10km/h, (Neutral) into R (Reverse): if you depress the accelerator pedal for 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. more than 7 seconds or if you shift the 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition shift lever from D to sport mode and shift switch to the ON position. it from sport mode to D again, the system 3. Move the shift lever. OYF059011N will change from manual mode to auto- If the brake pedal is repeatedly matic mode. depressed and released with the shift Shift-lock override lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering If the shift lever cannot be moved from With the shift lever in the sport mode noise near the shift lever may be heard. the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to This is a normal condition. (Reverse) position with the brake pedal shift up or down one gear. depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do the following: ✽ NOTICE WARNING 1. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle shifters Always fully depress the brake the shift-lock access hole. at the same time, you can't shift the gear. pedal before and while shifting out 2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the of the P (Park) position into anoth- access hole and press down on the er position to avoid inadvertent key (or screwdriver). motion of the vehicle which could 3. Move the shift lever. injure persons in or around the car. 4. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately.

5 18 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:44 PM Page 19

Driving your vehicle

Ignition key interlock system Good driving practices • Always use the parking brake. Do not The ignition key cannot be removed • Never move the gear shift lever from P depend on placing the transaxle in P unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi- (Park) to keep the car from moving. position. If the ignition switch is in any tion with the accelerator pedal • Exercise extreme caution when driving other position, the key cannot be depressed. on a slippery surface. Be especially removed. • Never move the gear shift lever into P careful when braking, accelerating or (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can • Be sure the car is completely stopped cause the drive wheels to lose traction before you attempt to shift into R and the vehicle to go out of control. (Reverse) or D (Drive). • Optimum vehicle performance and • Never take the car out of gear and economy is obtained by smoothly coast down a hill. This may be depressing and releasing the accelera- extremely hazardous. Always leave the tor pedal. car in gear when moving. • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. When you do this, engine braking will help slow the car. • Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged.

519 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:44 PM Page 20

Driving your vehicle

Moving up a steep grade from a stand- WARNING WARNING ing start • Always buckle-up! In a collision, If your vehicle becomes stuck in To move up a steep grade from a stand- an unbelted occupant is signifi- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you ing start, depress the brake pedal, shift cantly more likely to be seriously may attempt to rock the vehicle free the shift lever to D (Drive). Depress the injured or killed than a properly by moving it forward and backward. accelerator gradually while releasing the belted occupant. Do not attempt this procedure if service brakes. • Avoid high speeds when corner- people or objects are anywhere ing or turning. near the vehicle. During the rocking • Do not make quick steering operation the vehicle may suddenly wheel movements, such as sharp move forward or backward as it lane changes or fast, sharp turns. becomes unstuck, causing injury • The risk of rollover is greatly or damage to nearby people or increased if you lose control of objects. your vehicle at highway speeds. • Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over- steers to reenter the roadway. • In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits.

5 20 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:44 PM Page 21

Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes In the event of brake failure Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes WARNING - Brakes If service brakes fail to operate while the that adjust automatically through normal • Do not drive with your foot rest- vehicle is in motion, you can make an usage. ing on the brake pedal. This will emergency stop with the parking brake. In the event that the power-assisted create abnormal high brake tem- The stopping distance, however, will be brakes lose power because of a stalled peratures, excessive brake lining much greater than normal. engine or some other reason, you can and pad wear, and increased still stop your vehicle by applying greater stopping distances. WARNING - Parking brake force to the brake pedal than you nor- • When descending a long or steep Applying the parking brake while mally would. The stopping distance, how- hill, shift to a lower gear and the vehicle is moving at normal ever, will be longer. avoid continuous application of speeds can cause a sudden loss of When the engine is not running, the the brakes. Continuous brake control of the vehicle. If you must reserve brake power is partially depleted application will cause the brakes use the parking brake to stop the each time the brake pedal is applied. Do to overheat and could result in a vehicle, use great caution in apply- not pump the brake pedal when the temporary loss of braking per- ing the brake. power assist has been interrupted. formance. Pump the brake pedal only when neces- • Wet brakes may impair the vehi- sary to maintain steering control on slip- cle’s ability to safely slow down; pery surfaces. the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal.

521 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:44 PM Page 22

Driving your vehicle

Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes. CAUTION When your brake pads are worn and new • To avoid costly brake repairs, do pads are required, you will hear a high- not continue to drive with worn pitched warning sound from your front brake pads. brakes or rear brakes. You may hear this • Always replace the front or rear sound come and go or it may occur brake pads as pairs. whenever you depress the brake pedal. Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly WARNING - Brake wear apply) the brakes. This is normal and This brake wear warning sound does not indicate a problem with your means your vehicle needs service. OYF059023 brakes. If you ignore this audible warning, Parking brake you will eventually lose braking performance, which could lead to a Applying the parking brake serious accident. ■ Foot type To engage the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and then depress the parking brake pedal down as far as possible.

5 22 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:45 PM Page 23

Driving your vehicle

OYF059022N OYF059025 OYF059024N ■ Hand type Releasing the parking brake ■ Hand type To engage the parking brake, first apply ■ Foot type To release the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and then pull up the park- To release the parking brake, depress the foot brake and pull up the parking ing brake lever as far as possible. the parking brake pedal a second time brake lever slightly. Secondly press the while applying the foot brake. The pedal release button (1) and lower the parking In addition it is recommended that when will automatically extend to the fully brake lever (2) while holding the button. parking the vehicle on an incline, the shift released position. lever should be in the appropriate low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P (Park) position on automatic transaxle vehicles.

CAUTION Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.

523 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:45 PM Page 24

Driving your vehicle

If the parking brake does not release or Anti-lock brake system (ABS) does not release all the way, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or danger- WARNING ous driving maneuvers. Even • To prevent unintentional move- though vehicle control is improved ment when stopped and leaving during emergency braking, always the vehicle, do not use the maintain a safe distance between gearshift lever in place of the you and objects ahead. Vehicle parking brake. Set the parking speeds should always be reduced brake AND make sure the W-75 during extreme road conditions. gearshift lever is securely posi- Check the brake warning light by turning The braking distance for cars tioned in 1st (First) gear or R equipped with an anti-lock braking (Reverse) for manual transaxle the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when system (or Electronic Stability equipped vehicles and in P (Park) Control system) may be longer than for automatic transaxle equipped the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. for those without it in the following vehicles. road conditions. Before driving, be sure the parking brake • Never allow anyone who is unfa- During these conditions the vehicle miliar with the vehicle to touch is fully released and the brake warning light is off. should be driven at reduced the parking brake. If the parking speeds: brake is released unintentionally, If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the • Rough, gravel or snow-covered serious injury may occur. roads. • All vehicles should always have engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate • With tire chains installed. the parking brake fully engaged (Continued) when parking to avoid inadver- attention is necessary. tent movement of the vehicle If at all possible, cease driving the vehi- which can injure occupants or cle immediately. If that is not possible, pedestrians. use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop.

5 24 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:45 PM Page 25

Driving your vehicle

✽ (Continued) NOTICE • On roads where the road surface A click sound may be heard in the is pitted or has different surface engine compartment when the vehicle height. begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and The safety features of an ABS (or indicate that the anti-lock brake system ESC) equipped vehicle should not is functioning properly. be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the • Even with the anti-lock brake system, safety of yourself or others. your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front The ABS continuously senses the speed of you. W-78 of the wheels. If the wheels are going to lock, the ABS system repeatedly modu- • Always slow down when cornering. lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the The anti-lock brake system cannot pre- CAUTION wheels. vent accidents resulting from exces- • If the ABS warning light is on and sive speeds. When you apply your brakes under con- stays on, you may have a problem ditions which may lock the wheels, you • On loose or uneven road surfaces, with the ABS. In this case, howev- may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the operation of the anti-lock brake system er, your regular brakes will work brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation may result in a longer stopping dis- normally. in the brake pedal. This is normal and it tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system. • The ABS warning light will stay on means your ABS is active. for approximately 3 seconds after In order to obtain the maximum benefit the ignition switch is ON. During from your ABS in an emergency situa- that time, the ABS will go through tion, do not attempt to modulate your self-diagnosis and the light will go brake pressure and do not try to pump off if everything is normal. If the your brakes. Press your brake pedal as light stays on, you may have a hard as possible or as hard as the situa- problem with your ABS. Contact tion warrants and allow the ABS to con- an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as trol the force being delivered to the soon as possible. brakes.

525 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:45 PM Page 26

Driving your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING • When you drive on a road having Never drive too fast for the road poor traction, such as an icy road, conditions or too quickly when cor- and operate your brakes continu- nering. Electronic stability control ously, the ABS will be active con- (ESC) will not prevent accidents. tinuously and the ABS warning Excessive speed in turns, abrupt light may illuminate. Pull your car maneuvers and hydroplaning on over to a safe place and stop the wet surfaces can still result in seri- engine. ous accidents. Only a safe and • Restart the engine. If the ABS attentive driver can prevent acci- warning light is off, then your dents by avoiding maneuvers that ABS system is normal. OYF059015N cause the vehicle to lose traction. Otherwise, you may have a prob- Electronic stability control (ESC) Even with ESC installed, always fol- lem with the ABS. Contact an low all the normal precautions for authorized HYUNDAI dealer as The Electronic Stability control (ESC) driving - including driving at safe soon as possible. system is designed to stabilize the vehicle speeds for the conditions. during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the ✽ vehicle is actually going. ESC applies the NOTICE brakes at individual wheels and When you jump start your vehicle intervenes in the engine management because of a drained battery, the engine system to stabilize the vehicle. may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. • Do not pump your brakes! • Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

5 26 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:45 PM Page 27

Driving your vehicle

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ESC operation When operating system is an electronic system designed ESC ON condition When the ESC is in operation, to help the driver maintain vehicle control • When the ignition is turned ESC indicator light blinks. under adverse conditions. It is not a - ON, ESC and ESC OFF indi- • When the Electronic Stability substitute for safe driving practices. cator lights illuminate for Control is operating properly, Factors including speed, road conditions approximately 3 seconds, you can feel a slight pulsation and driver steering input can all affect then ESC is turned on. in the vehicle. This is only the whether ESC will be effective in • Press the ESC OFF button effect of brake control and indi- preventing a loss of control. It is still your for at least half a second after cates nothing unusual. responsibility to drive and corner at turning the ignition ON to turn • When moving out of the mud reasonable speeds and to leave a ESC off. (ESC OFF indicator or driving on a slippery road, sufficient margin of safety. will illuminate). To turn the pressing the accelerator When you apply your brakes under con- ESC on, press the ESC OFF pedal may not cause the ditions which may lock the wheels, you button (ESC OFF indicator engine rpm (revolutions per may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the light will go off). minute) to increase. brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation • When starting the engine, in the brake pedal. This is normal and it you may hear a slight ticking means your ESC is active. ESC operation off sound. This is the ESC per- ESC OFF state forming an automatic system ✽ • To cancel ESC operation, NOTICE self-check and does not indi- press the ESC OFF button A click sound may be heard in the cate a problem. (ESC OFF indicator light illu- engine compartment when the vehicle minates). begins to move after the engine is start- • If the ignition switch is turned ed. These conditions are normal and to LOCK position when ESC indicate that the Electronic Stability is off, ESC remains off. Upon Control System is functioning properly. restarting the engine, the ESC will automatically turn on again.

527 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:45 PM Page 28

Driving your vehicle

■ ESC indicator light ESC OFF usage CAUTION When driving Driving with varying tire or wheel • ESC should be turned on for daily driv- sizes may cause the ESC system to ing whenever possible. malfunction. When replacing tires, • To turn ESC off while driving, press the make sure they are the same size as ESC OFF button while driving on a flat ■ ESC OFF indicator light your original tires. road surface. Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating (ESC indicator light WARNING blinks). If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat- The Electronic Stability Control sys- ing, the vehicle may slip out of control. Indicator light tem is only a driving aid; use pre- When ignition switch is turned to ON, the cautions for safe driving by slowing indicator light illuminates, then goes off if down on curved, snowy, or icy ✽ NOTICE the ESC system is operating normally. roads. Drive slowly and don’t • When operating the vehicle on a The ESC indicator light blinks whenever attempt to accelerate whenever the dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC indicator light is blinking, or turned off (ESC OFF light illuminat- ESC fails to operate. when the road surface is slippery. ed). The ESC OFF indicator light comes on • Turning the ESC off does not affect when the ESC is turned off with the but- ABS or brake system operation. ton.

5 28 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:45 PM Page 29

Driving your vehicle

Good braking practices • After parking the vehicle, check to be WARNING sure the parking brake is not engaged Never press the ESC OFF button and that the parking brake indicator while ESC is operating. WARNING light is out before driving away. If the ESC is turned off while ESC is • Whenever you leave or park your • Driving through water may get the operating, the vehicle may go out of vehicle, always set the parking brakes wet. They can also get wet control. brake as far as possible and fully when the car is washed. Wet brakes engage the vehicle's transaxle To turn ESC off while driving, press can be dangerous! Your car will not into the P (Park) position. If the stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. the ESC OFF button while driving parking brake is not fully on a flat road surface. Wet brakes may cause the car to pull engaged, the vehicle may move to one side. inadvertently and injure yourself To dry the brakes, apply the brakes and others. lightly until the braking action returns to • All vehicles should always have normal, taking care to keep the car the parking brake fully engaged under control at all times. If the braking when parking to avoid inadver- action does not return to normal, stop tent movement of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and call which can injure occupants or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for pedestrians. assistance. • Don't coast down hills with the car out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the car in gear at all times, use the brakes to slow down, then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed.

529 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:45 PM Page 30

Driving your vehicle

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting • Use caution when parking on a hill. • Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade your foot on the brake pedal while driv- Firmly engage the parking brake and with the accelerator pedal. This can ing can be dangerous because it can place the shift lever in P (automatic cause the transaxle to overheat. result in the brakes overheating and transaxle) or in first or reverse gear Always use the brake pedal or parking losing their effectiveness. It also (manual transaxle). If your vehicle is brake. increases the wear of the brake com- facing downhill, turn the front wheels ponents. into the curb to help keep the vehicle • If a tire goes flat while you are driving, from rolling. If your vehicle is facing apply the brakes gently and keep the uphill, turn the front wheels away from car pointed straight ahead while you the curb to help keep the vehicle from slow down. When you are moving rolling. If there is no curb or if it is slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, required by other conditions to keep pull off the road and stop in a safe the vehicle from rolling, block the place. wheels. • If your vehicle is equipped with an • Under some conditions your parking automatic transaxle, don't let your vehi- brake can freeze in the engaged posi- cle creep forward. To avoid creeping tion. This is most likely to happen when forward, keep your foot firmly on the there is an accumulation of snow or ice brake pedal when the vehicle is around or near the rear brakes or if the stopped. brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P (automatic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

5 30 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:46 PM Page 31

Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

WARNING CAUTION • If the cruise control is left on, During cruise-speed driving of a (CRUISE indicator light in the manual transaxle vehicle, do not instrument cluster illuminated) shift into neutral without depress- the cruise control can be activat- ing the clutch pedal, since the ed unintentionally. Keep the engine will be overrevved. If this cruise control system off happens, depress the clutch pedal (CRUISE indicator light OFF) or release the cruise control ON- when the cruise control is not in OFF switch. use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. ✽ NOTICE OYF059030N • Use the cruise control system During normal cruise control operation, ➀ CRUISE indicator only when traveling on open when the SET switch is activated or highways in good weather. ➁ SET indicator reactivated after applying the brakes, • Do not use the cruise control the cruise control will energize after when it may not be safe to keep The cruise control system allows you to approximately 3 seconds. This delay is the car at a constant speed, for normal. program the vehicle to maintain a con- instance, driving in heavy or stant speed without resting your foot on varying traffic, or on slippery the accelerator pedal. (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or This system is designed to function winding roads or over 6% up-hill above approximately 25 mph (40 km/h). or down-hill roads. • Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system. • Be careful when driving downhill using the cruise control system, which may increase the vehicle speed.

531 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:46 PM Page 32

Driving your vehicle

OYF059031N OYF059033N OYF059032N To set cruise control speed: 3. Push the SET- switch, and release it at To increase cruise control set 1. Push the cruise ON-OFF button on the the desired speed. The SET indicator speed: steering wheel to turn the system on. light in the instrument cluster will illumi- Follow either of these procedures: nate. Release the accelerator at the The CRUISE indicator light in the • Push the RES+ switch and hold it. Your instrument cluster will illuminate. same time. The desired speed will automatically be maintained. vehicle will accelerate. Release the 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which switch at the speed you want. must be more than 25 mph (40 km/h). On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going • Push the RES+ switch and release it uphill or downhill. immediately. The cruising speed will increase 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each time the RES+ switch is operated in this manner.

5 32 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:46 PM Page 33

Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.

OYF059033N OYF059034N To decrease the cruising speed: To cancel cruise control, do one Follow either of these procedures: of the following: • Push the SET- switch and hold it. Your • Press the brake pedal. vehicle will gradually slow down. • Press the clutch pedal with a manual Release the switch at the speed you transaxle. want to maintain. • Shift the shift lever into N (Neutral) with • Push the SET- switch and release it an automatic transaxle immediately. The cruising speed will • Press the CANCEL switch located on decrease 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each the steering wheel. time the SET- switch is operated in this • Decrease the vehicle speed lower than manner. the memory speed by 9 mph (15 km/h). • Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

533 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 34

Driving your vehicle

Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation (the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off), but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to resume cruise control operation, push the RES+ switch located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed.

OYF059032N OYF059031N To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do one more than approximately 25 mph of the following: (40 km/h): • Push the cruise ON/OFF button (the If any method other than the cruise CRUISE indicator light in the instru- ON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruis- ment cluster will go off). ing speed and the system is still activat- • Turn the ignition off. ed, the most recent set speed will auto- Both of these actions cancel cruise con- matically resume when the RES+ switch trol operation. If you want to resume is pushed. cruise control operation, repeat the steps It will not resume, however, if the vehicle provided in “To set cruise control speed” speed has dropped below approximately on the previous page. 25 mph (40 km/h).

✽ NOTICE Always check the road conditions when pressing the RES+ switch to resume the speed.

5 34 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 35

Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This can • Keep your car in good condition. For mainly on your style of driving, where you increase fuel consumption and also better fuel economy and reduced drive and when you drive. increase wear on these components. maintenance costs, maintain your car Each of these factors affects how many In addition, driving with your foot rest- in accordance with the maintenance miles (kilometers) you can get from a gal- ing on the brake pedal may cause the schedule in section 7. If you drive your lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicle brakes to overheat, which reduces car in severe conditions, more frequent as economically as possible, use the fol- their effectiveness and may lead to maintenance is required (see section 7 lowing driving suggestions to help save more serious consequences. for details). money in both fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your car clean. For maximum • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder- inflated to the recommended pressure. service, your vehicle should be kept ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts Incorrect inflation, either too much or clean and free of corrosive materials. It or full-throttle shifts and maintain a too little, results in unnecessary tire is especially important that mud, dirt, steady cruising speed. Don't race wear. Check the tire pressures at least ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulate between stoplights. Try to adjust your once a month. on the underside of the car. This extra speed to that of the other traffic so you • Be sure that the wheels are aligned weight can result in increased fuel con- don't have to change speeds unneces- correctly. Improper alignment can sumption and also contribute to corro- sarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever result from hitting curbs or driving too sion. possible. Always maintain a safe dis- fast over irregular surfaces. Poor align- • Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary tance from other vehicles so you can ment causes faster tire wear and may weight in your car. Weight reduces fuel avoid unnecessary braking. This also also result in other problems as well as economy. reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer than • Drive at a moderate speed. The faster necessary. If you are waiting (and not you drive, the more fuel your car uses. in traffic), turn off your engine and Driving at a moderate speed, especial- restart only when you're ready to go. ly on the highway, is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.

535 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 36

Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly. require extended warm-up. After the The air conditioning system is operat- WARNING - Engine off dur- engine has started, allow the engine to ed by engine power so your fuel econ- ing motion run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac- omy is reduced when you use it. Never turn the engine off to coast ing the vehicle in gear. In very cold • Open windows at high speeds can down hills or anytime the vehicle is weather, however, give your engine a reduce fuel economy. in motion. The power steering and slightly longer warm-up period. • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds power brakes will not function • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset some of properly without the engine run- Lugging is driving too slowly in too high this loss, slow down when driving in ning. Instead, keep the engine on a gear resulting in the engine bucking. these conditions. and downshift to an appropriate If this happens, shift to a lower gear. gear for engine braking effect. In Over-revving is racing the engine Keeping a vehicle in good operating con- addition, turning off the ignition beyond its safe limit. This can be avoid- dition is important both for economy and while driving could engage the ed by shifting at the recommended safety. Therefore, have an authorized steering wheel lock resulting in speeds. HYUNDAI dealer perform scheduled loss of vehicle steering which inspections and maintenance. could cause serious injury or death.

5 36 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 37

Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Rocking the vehicle WARNING - ABS If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to Do not pump the brake pedal on a free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn vehicle equipped with ABS. the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between 1st (First) • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use and R (Reverse) in vehicles equipped second gear. Accelerate slowly to with a manual transaxle or R (Reverse) avoid spinning the drive wheels. and any forward gear in vehicles • Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or equipped with an automatic transaxle. other non-slip material under the drive Do not race the engine, and spin the wheels to provide traction when stalled wheels as little as possible. If you are still 1JBB3302 in ice, snow, or mud. stuck after a few tries, have the vehicle Hazardous driving conditions pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible dam- When hazardous driving conditions are WARNING - Downshifting age to the transaxle. encountered such as water, snow, ice, Downshifting with an automatic mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow transaxle, while driving on slippery these suggestions: surfaces can cause an accident. CAUTION • Drive cautiously and allow extra dis- The sudden change in tire speed Prolonged rocking may cause tance for braking. could cause the tires to skid. Be engine over-heating, transaxle dam- • Avoid sudden in braking or steering. careful when downshifting on slip- age or failure, and tire damage. pery surfaces.

537 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 38

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/h). Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage that may injure bystanders.

✽ NOTICE The ESC system should be turned OFF OBH058035L OMC035004 prior to rocking the vehicle. Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in cor- Because night driving presents more WARNING ners, especially when roads are wet. hazards than driving in the daylight, here If your vehicle becomes stuck in Ideally, corners should always be taken are some important tips to remember: snow, mud, sand, etc., then you under gentle acceleration. If you follow • Slow down and keep more distance may attempt to rock the vehicle free these suggestions, tire wear will be held between you and other vehicles, as it by moving it forward and backward. to a minimum. may be more difficult to see at night, Do not attempt this procedure if especially in areas where there may people or objects are anywhere not be any street lights. near the vehicle. During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects.

5 38 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 39

Driving your vehicle

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare Driving in the rain Driving in flooded areas from other driver's headlights. Rain and wet roads can make driving Avoid driving through flooded areas • Keep your headlights clean and prop- dangerous, especially if you’re not pre- unless you are sure the water is no high- erly aimed on vehicles not equipped pared for the slick pavement. Here are a er than the bottom of the wheel hub. with the automatic headlight aiming few things to consider when driving in the Drive through any water slowly. Allow feature. Dirty or improperly aimed rain: adequate stopping distance because headlights will make it much more diffi- • A heavy rainfall will make it harder to brake performance may be affected. cult to see at night. see and will increase the distance After driving through water, dry the • Avoid staring directly at the headlights needed to stop your vehicle, so slow brakes by gently applying them several of oncoming vehicles. You could be down. times while the vehicle is moving slowly. temporarily blinded, and it will take • Keep your windshield wiping equip- several seconds for your eyes to read- ment in good shape. Replace your just to the darkness. windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield. • If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. Be sure your tires are in good shape. • Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you. • Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly. • If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.

539 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 40

Driving your vehicle

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil WARNING High speed travel consumes more fuel • Underinflated or overinflated than urban motoring. Do not forget to tires can cause poor handling, check both engine coolant and engine loss of vehicle control, and sud- oil. den tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death. Drive belt Always check tires for proper A loose or damaged drive belt may result inflation before driving. For prop- in overheating of the engine. er tire pressures, refer to “Tires and wheels” in section 8. • Driving on tires with no or insuffi- OMG015008 cient tread is dangerous. Worn- Highway driving out tires can result in loss of vehicle control, collisions, injury, Tires and even death. Worn-out tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to should be replaced as soon as specification. Low tire inflation pressures possible and should never be will result in overheating and possible used for driving. Always check failure of the tires. the tire tread before driving your Avoid using worn or damaged tires which car. For further information and may result in reduced traction or tire fail- tread limits, refer to “Tires and ure. wheels” in section 7. ✽ NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires.

5 40 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 41

Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, be necessary to use snow tires or to make sure they are radial tires of the install tire chains on your tires. If snow same size and load range as the original tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels tires equivalent in size and type of the to balance your vehicle’s handling in all original equipment tires. Failure to do so weather conditions. Keep in mind that the may adversely affect the safety and han- traction provided by snow tires on dry dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding, roads may not be as high as your vehi- rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli- cle's original equipment tires. You should cations, and sharp turns are potentially drive cautiously even when the roads are very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for max- 1JBB3305 During deceleration, use engine braking imum speed recommendations. More severe weather conditions of winter to the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli- cations on snowy or icy roads may cause result in greater wear and other prob- WARNING - Snow tire size lems. To minimize winter driving problem, skids to occur. You need to keep suffi- Snow tires should be equivalent in you should follow these suggestions: cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle. Also, size and type to the vehicle's stan- apply the brake gently. It should be noted dard tires. Otherwise, the safety that installing tire chains on the tire will and handling of your vehicle may provide a greater driving force, but will be adversely affected. not prevent side skids. ✽ Do not install studded tires without first NOTICE checking local, state and municipal regu- Tire chains are not legal in all states. lations for possible restrictions against Check state laws before fitting tire their use. chains.

541 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 42

Driving your vehicle

Chain installation CAUTION When installing chains, follow the manu- • Make sure the snow chains are facturer's instructions and mount them as the correct size and type for your tightly as you can. Drive slowly with tires. Incorrect snow chains can chains installed. If you hear the chains cause damage to the vehicle body contacting the body or chassis, stop and and suspension and may not be tighten them. If they still make contact, covered by your vehicle manufac- slow down until it stops. Remove the turer warranty. Also, the snow chains as soon as you begin driving on chain connecting hooks may be cleared roads. damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow 1JBA4068 chains to come loose from the WARNING Tire chains tire. Make sure the snow chains - Mounting chains are SAE class “S” certified. Since the sidewalls of radial tires are When mounting snow chains, park thinner, they can be damaged by mount- • Always check chain installation the vehicle on level ground away ing some types of snow chains on them. for proper mounting after driving from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec- approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 Hazard Warning flashers and place ommended instead of snow chains. Do to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting. a triangular emergency warning not mount tire chains on vehicles Retighten or remount the chains device behind the vehicle if avail- equipped with aluminum wheels; snow if they are loose. able. Always place the vehicle in P chains may cause damage to the wheels. (Park), apply the parking brake and If snow chains must be used, use wire- turn off the engine before installing type chains with a thickness of less than snow chains. 0.47 in (12 mm). Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty. When using tire chains, install them on the front tires only.

5 42 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 43

Driving your vehicle

Use high quality ethylene glycol Change to "winter weight" oil if WARNING - Tire chains coolant necessary • The use of chains may adversely Your vehicle is delivered with high quality In some climates it is recommended that affect vehicle handling. ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be • Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) system. It is the only type of coolant that used during cold weather. See section 8 or the chain manufacturer’s rec- should be used because it helps prevent for recommendations. If you aren't sure ommended speed limit, whichev- corrosion in the cooling system, lubri- what weight oil you should use, consult er is lower. cates the water pump and prevents an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish holes, sharp turns, and other your coolant in accordance with the Check spark plugs and ignition road hazards, which may cause maintenance schedule in section 7. system the vehicle to bounce. Before winter, have your coolant tested to Inspect your spark plugs as described in • Avoid sharp turns or locked- assure that its freezing point is sufficient section 7 and replace them if necessary. wheel braking. for the temperatures anticipated during the winter. Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in any way. CAUTION Check battery and cables • Chains that are the wrong size or Winter puts additional burdens on the improperly installed can damage battery system. Visually inspect the bat- your vehicle's brake lines, sus- tery and cables as described in section pension, body and wheels. 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI • Stop driving and retighten the dealer or a service station. chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle.

543 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:47 PM Page 44

Driving your vehicle

To keep locks from freezing Don't let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an freeze Depending on the severity of the weath- approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into Under some conditions your parking er where you drive your car, you should the key opening. If a lock is covered with brake can freeze in the engaged position. carry appropriate emergency equipment. ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing This is most likely to happen when there Some of the items you may want to carry fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is is an accumulation of snow or ice around include tire chains, tow straps or chains, frozen internally, you may be able to thaw or near the rear brakes or if the brakes flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a it out by using a heated key. Handle the are wet. If there is a risk the parking shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, heated key with care to avoid injury. brake may freeze, apply it only temporar- gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, ily while you put the shift lever in P (auto- etc. Use approved window washer matic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear anti-freeze in system (manual transaxle) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then To keep the water in the window washer release the parking brake. system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con- Don't let ice and snow accumu- tainer. Window washer anti-freeze is late underneath available from an authorized HYUNDAI Under some conditions, snow and ice dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do can build up under the fenders and inter- not use engine coolant or other types of fere with the steering. When driving in anti-freeze as these may damage the severe winter conditions where this may paint finish. happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.

5 44 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:50 PM Page 45

Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information label Seating capacity: The label located on the driver's door Total : 5 persons sill gives the original tire size, cold (Front seat : 2 persons, tire pressures recommended for your Rear seat : 3 persons) vehicle, the number of people that Seating capacity is the maximum can be in your vehicle and vehicle number of occupants including a capacity weight. driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may Vehicle capacity weight: be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight 904 lbs. (410 kg) of the cargo being carried. Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- Do not overload the vehicle as there mum combined weight of occupants is a limit to the total weight, or load and cargo. limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

OYF059100N/OYF059101N/OYF059102N

545 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:50 PM Page 46

Driving your vehicle

Towing capacity: Steps For Determining Correct Load 5. Determine the combined weight of We do not recommend using this Limit - luggage and cargo being loaded vehicle for trailer towing. 1. Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may bined weight of occupants and not safely exceed the available cargo should never exceed XXX cargo and luggage load capacity Cargo capacity: kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's calculated in Step 4. The cargo capacity of your vehicle placard. will increase or decrease depending 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail- on the weight and the number of 2. Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be occupants. the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this 3. Subtract the combined weight of reduces the available cargo and the driver and passengers from luggage load capacity of your XXX kg or XXX lbs. vehicle. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug- ✽ NOTICE gage load capacity. For example, if We do not recommend using this the "XXX" amount equals 1400 vehicle for trailer towing. lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5 46 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:51 PM Page 47

Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

ABC ABC ABC

C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs A A A Weight (635 kg) Weight (635 kg) Weight (635 kg) Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 300 lbs 750 lbs 860 lbs B Weight B Weight B Weight (136 kg) (340 kg) (390 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) × 2 150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 172 lbs (78 kg) × 5 Available Cargo and 1100 lbs Available Cargo and 650 lbs Available Cargo and 540 lbs C C C Luggage weight (499 kg) Luggage weight (295 kg) Luggage weight (245 kg) Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

547 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:51 PM Page 48

Driving your vehicle

To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go (Continued) to a weigh station and weigh your • Do not load your vehicle any vehicle.Your dealer can help you with heavier than the GVWR, either this. Be sure to spread out your load the maximum front or rear equally on both sides of the center- GAWR and vehicle capacity line. weight. If you do, parts, including tires on your vehicle can break, and it can change WARNING - Over loading the way your vehicle handles • Never exceed the GVWR for and braking ability. This could your vehicle, the GAWR for cause you to lose control and OBH059070 either the front or rear axle crash. Also, overloading can Certification label and vehicle capacity weight. shorten the life of your vehi- The certification label is located on Exceeding these ratings can cle. the driver's door sill at the center pil- cause an accident or vehicle lar. damage.You can calculate the weight of your load by weigh- The label will help you decide how This label shows the maximum ing the items (or people) allowable weight of the fully loaded much cargo and installed equipment before putting them in the your vehicle can carry. vehicle. This is called the GVWR vehicle. Be careful not to over- (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The load your vehicle. GVWR includes the weight of the (Continued) If you carry items inside your vehicle vehicle, all occupants, fuel and - like suitcases, tools, packages, or cargo. anything else - they are moving as This label also tells you the maxi- fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop mum weight that can be supported or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, by the front and rear axles, called the items will keep going and can Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.

5 48 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:51 PM Page 49

Driving your vehicle

WARNING CAUTION WARNING - Loose cargo • Overloading your vehicle can • Overloading your vehicle may Items you carry inside your cause heat buildup in your cause damage. Repairs would vehicle can strike and injure vehicle's tires and possible not be covered by your warran- occupants in a sudden stop or tire failure that could lead to a ty. Do not overload your vehicle. turn, or in a crash. crash. • Using heavier suspension com- • Put items in the cargo area of • Overloading your vehicle can ponents to get added durability your vehicle. Try to spread the cause increased stopping dis- might not change your weight weight evenly. tances that could lead to a ratings. Ask your dealer to help • Never stack items, like suit- crash. you load your vehicle the right cases, inside the vehicle • A crash resulting from poor way. above the tops of the seats. handling, vehicle damage, tire • Do not leave an unsecured failure, or increased stopping child restraint in your vehicle. distances could result in serious injury or death. • When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it. • Do not drive with a seat folded down unless necessary.

549 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:51 PM Page 50

Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper Cargo weight GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) loading of your vehicle, to keep your This figure includes all weight added to This is the maximum allowable weight of loaded vehicle weight within its design the Base Curb Weight, including cargo the fully loaded vehicle (including all rating capability. Properly loading your and optional equipment. options, equipment, passengers and vehicle will provide maximum return of cargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer- the vehicle design performance. Before GAW (Gross axle weight) tification label located on the driver’s loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself door sill. with the following terms for determining This is the total weight placed on each your vehicle's weight ratings, from the axle (front and rear) - including vehicle vehicle's specifications and the certifica- curb weight and all payload. tion label: GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) Base curb weight This is the maximum allowable weight This is the weight of the vehicle including that can be carried by a single axle (front a full tank of fuel and all standard equip- or rear). These numbers are shown on ment. It does not include passengers, the certification label. cargo, or optional equipment. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR. Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle GVW (Gross vehicle weight) when you picked it up from your dealer This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual plus any aftermarket equipment. Cargo Weight plus passengers.

5 50 YF hma 5.qxp 11/25/2009 5:51 PM Page 51

Driving your vehicle

TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

551 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:57 PM Page 1

Road warning / 6-2 In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2 If the engine will not start / 6-3 Emergency starting / 6-4 If the engine overheats / 6-6 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7 If you have a flat tire / 6-12 Towing / 6-20

What to do in an emergency 6 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:57 PM Page 2

What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY It should be used whenever emergency WHILE DRIVING repairs are being made or when the vehi- If the engine stalls at a crossroad cle is stopped near the edge of a road- or crossing way. If the engine stalls at a crossroad or Depress the flasher switch with the igni- crossing, set the shift lever in the N tion switch in any position. The flasher (Neutral) position and then push the vehi- switch is located in the center console cle to a safe place. switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. If you have a flat tire while driving • The hazard warning flasher operates If a tire goes flat while you are driving: whether your vehicle is running or not. 1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal OYF049084N • The turn signals do not work when the and let the car slow down while driving Hazard warning flasher hazard flasher is on. straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the The hazard warning flasher serves as a • Care must be taken when using the road as this may cause a loss of con- warning to other drivers to exercise hazard warning flasher while the vehi- trol. When the car has slowed to such extreme caution when approaching, cle is being towed. a speed that it is safe to do so, brake overtaking, or passing your vehicle. carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

6 2 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 3

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START 2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn on If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally but your emergency hazard flashers, set turns over slowly does not start the parking brake and put the transaxle 1. If your vehicle has an automatic 1. Check fuel level. in P (automatic transaxle) or reverse transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N (manual transaxle). 2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK (Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer- position, check all connectors at igni- 3.Have all passengers get out of the car. gency brake is set. tion coils and spark plugs. Reconnect Be sure they all get out on the side of 2. Check the battery connections to be any that may be disconnected or the car that is away from traffic. sure they are clean and tight. loose. 4.When changing a flat tire, follow the 3. Turn on the interior light. If the light 3. If the engine still does not start, call an instruction provided later in this sec- dims or goes out when you operate the authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek tion. starter, the battery is discharged. other qualified assistance. 4. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start If engine stalls while driving it. See instructions for "Jump starting". 1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place. WARNING 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. If the engine will not start, do not 3. Try to start the engine again. If your push or pull the vehicle to start it. vehicle will not start, contact an This could result in a collision or authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek cause other damage. In addition, other qualified assistance. push or pull starting may cause the catalytic converter to be overloaded and create a fire hazard.

63 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 4

What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING

Jumper Cables Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done WARNING - Battery incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to • Keep all flames or sparks away yourself or damage to your vehicle or from the battery. The battery pro- battery, follow the jump starting proce- duces hydrogen gas which may dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom- explode if exposed to flame or mend that you have a competent techni- sparks. cian or towing service jump start your If these instructions are not fol- Booster vehicle. battery lowed exactly, serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle Jumper CAUTION may occur! If you are not sure terminal how to follow this procedure, 1VQA4001 Use only a 12-volt jumper system. seek qualified assistance. You can damage a 12-volt starting Connect cables in numerical order and Automobile batteries contain sul- motor, ignition system, and other disconnect in reverse order. furic acid. This is poisonous and electrical parts beyond repair by highly corrosive. When jump use of a 24-volt power supply (either starting, wear protective glasses two 12-volt batteries in series or a and be careful not to get acid on 24-volt motor generator set). yourself, your clothing or on the car. • Do not attempt to jump start the WARNING - Battery vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level Never attempt to check the elec- is low; the battery may rupture or trolyte level of the battery as this explode. may cause the battery to rupture or explode causing serious injury.

6 4 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 5

What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to con- Push-starting 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12- tact anything except the correct battery Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicle volt and that its negative terminal is terminals or the correct ground. Do not should not be push-started because it grounded. lean over the battery when making might damage the emission control sys- 2. If the booster battery is in another connections. tem. vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to Vehicles equipped with automatic touch. CAUTION - Battery cables transaxle cannot be push-started. 3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical Do not connect the jumper cable Follow the directions in this section for loads. from the negative terminal of the jump-starting. 4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact booster battery to the negative ter- sequence shown in the illustration. minal of the discharged battery. First connect one end of a jumper This can cause the discharged bat- WARNING cable to the positive terminal of the tery to overheat and crack, releas- Never tow a vehicle to start it discharged battery (1), then connect ing battery acid. because the sudden surge forward the other end to the positive terminal when the engine starts could cause on the booster battery (2). Proceed to a collision with the tow vehicle. connect one end of the other jumper 5. Start the engine of the vehicle with the cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery and let it run at 2,000 booster battery (3), then the other end rpm, then start the engine of the vehi- to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for cle with the discharged battery. example, the engine lifting bracket) If the cause of your battery discharging is away from the battery (4). Do not con- not apparent, you should have your vehi- nect it to or near any part that moves cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI when the engine is cranked. dealer.

65 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 6

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over- 4. Check to see if the water pump drive 6.If you cannot find the cause of the heating, you experience a loss of power, belt is missing. If it is not missing, overheating, wait until the engine tem- or hear loud pinging or knocking, the check to see that it is tight. If the drive perature has returned to normal. Then, engine is probably too hot. If this hap- belt seems to be satisfactory, check for if coolant has been lost, carefully add pens, you should: coolant leaking from the radiator, coolant to the reservoir to bring the hoses or under the car. (If the air con- fluid level in the reservoir up to the 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it ditioning had been in use, it is normal halfway mark. is safe to do so. for cold water to be draining from it 7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert for 2. Place the shift lever in P (automatic when you stop.) further signs of overheating. If over- transaxle) or neutral (manual transaxle) heating happens again, call an author- and set the parking brake. If the air con- WARNING ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. ditioning is on, turn it off. While the engine is running, keep 3. If engine coolant is running out under hair, hands and clothing away from CAUTION the car or steam is coming out from moving parts such as the fan and Serious loss of coolant indicates the hood, stop the engine. Do not open drive belts to prevent injury. the hood until the coolant has stopped there is a leak in the cooling system running or the steaming has stopped. and this should be checked as soon If there is no visible loss of engine 5. If the water pump drive belt is broken as possible by an authorized coolant and no steam, leave the or engine coolant is leaking out, stop HYUNDAI dealer. engine running and check to be sure the engine immediately and call the the engine cooling fan is operating. If nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer the fan is not running, turn the engine for assistance. off. WARNING Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns.

6 6 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 7

What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not that illuminates a low tire pressure operating properly. The TPMS mal- telltale when one or more of your function indicator is combined with tires is significantly under-inflated. the low tire pressure telltale. When Accordingly, when the low tire pres- the system detects a malfunction, sure telltale illuminates, you should the telltale will flash for approximate- stop and check your tires as soon as ly one minute and then remain con- possible, and inflate them to the tinuously illuminated. This sequence proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- will continue upon subsequent vehi- OYF069015 cantly under-inflated tire causes the cle start-ups as long as the malfunc- tire to overheat and can lead to tire tion exists. When the malfunction (1) Low tire pressure telltale / failure. Under-inflation also reduces indicator is illuminated, the system TPMS malfunction indicator fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may not be able to detect or signal Each tire, including the spare (if pro- may affect the vehicle’s handling and low tire pressure as intended. TPMS vided), should be checked monthly stopping ability. malfunctions may occur for a variety when cold and inflated to the inflation of reasons, including the installation pressure recommended by the vehi- of replacement or alternate tires or cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- Please note that the TPMS is not a wheels on the vehicle that prevent ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If substitute for proper tire mainte- the TPMS from functioning properly. your vehicle has tires of a different nance, and it is the driver’s responsi- Always check the TPMS malfunction size than the size indicated on the bility to maintain correct tire pres- telltale after replacing one or more vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure, even if under-inflation has not tires or wheels on your vehicle to sure label, you should determine the reached the level to trigger illumina- ensure that the replacement or alter- proper tire inflation pressure for tion of the TPMS low tire pressure nate tires and wheels allow the those tires.) telltale. TPMS to continue to function properly.

67 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 8

What to do in an emergency

✽ NOTICE Low tire pressure tell- CAUTION If the TPMS indicator does not illu- tale minate for 3 seconds when the igni- In winter or cold weather, the tion switch is turned to the ON posi- low tire pressure telltale may be When the tire pressure monitoring illuminated if the tire pressure tion or engine is running, or if they system warning indicator is illuminat- remain illuminated after coming on was adjusted to the recom- ed, one or more of your tires is sig- mended tire inflation pressure for approximately 3 seconds, take nificantly under-inflated. your car to your nearest authorized in warm weather. It does not If the telltale illuminates, immediately mean your TPMS is malfunction- HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys- reduce your speed, avoid hard cor- tem checked. ing because the decreased tem- nering and anticipate increased stop- perature leads to a proportional ping distances. You should stop and lowering of tire pressure. check your tires as soon as possible. When you drive your vehicle Inflate the tires to the proper pres- from a warm area to a cold area sure as indicated on the vehicle’s or from a cold area to a warm placard or tire inflation pressure label area, or the outside temperature located on the driver’s side center pil- is greatly higher or lower, you lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a should check the tire inflation service station or if the tire cannot pressure and adjust the tires to hold the newly added air, replace the the recommended tire inflation low pressure tire with the spare tire. pressure. Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may turn on and illuminate after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.

6 8 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 9

What to do in an emergency

TPMS (Tire Pressure WARNING - Low pressure Monitoring System) CAUTION damage malfunction indicator • The TPMS malfunction indica- Significantly low tire pressure tor may be illuminated if the makes the vehicle unstable and vehicle is moving around elec- The TPMS malfunction indicator will tric power supply cables or can contribute to loss of vehicle illuminate after it blinks for approxi- control and increased braking radios transmitter such as at mately one minute when there is a police stations, government distances. problem with the Tire Pressure Continued driving on low pres- and public offices, broadcast- Monitoring System. If the system is ing stations, military installa- sure tires can cause the tires to able to correctly detect an under infla- overheat and fail. tions, airports, or transmitting tion warning at the same time as sys- towers, etc. This can interfere tem failure then it will illuminate the with normal operation of the TPMS malfunction indicator. Tire Pressure Monitoring Have the system checked by an System (TPMS). authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon • The TPMS malfunction indica- as possible to determine the cause tor may illuminate if snow of the problem. chains or some separately purchased devices such as notebook computers, mobile charger, remote starter, navigation etc. are used in the vehicle. This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).

69 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 10

What to do in an emergency

Changing a tire with TPMS Even if you replace the low pressure If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire CAUTION Pressure will come on. Have the flat Pressure telltale/TPMS malfunction If original mounted tire is tire repaired by an authorized indicator will remain on until the low replaced with the spare tire, the HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- pressure tire is repaired and placed TPMS sensor on the replaced ble or replace the flat tire with the on the vehicle. spare wheel should be initiated spare tire. After you replace the low pressure and the TPMS sensor on the tire with the spare tire, the TPMS original mounted wheel should CAUTION malfunction indicator may illuminate be deactivated. If the TPMS sen- after a few minutes because the sor on the original mounted NEVER use a puncture-repair- wheel located in the spare tire ing agent to repair and/or inflate TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated. carrier still activates, the tire a low pressure tire. The tire pressure monitoring system sealant can damage the tire Once the low pressure tire is reinflat- may not operate properly. Have pressure sensor. If used, you ed to the recommended pressure the tire with TPMS serviced or will have to replace the tire pres- and installed on the vehicle or the replaced by an authorized sure sensor. TPMS sensor mounted on the HYUNDAI dealer. replaced spare wheel is initiated by Each wheel is equipped with a tire an authorized HYUNDAI dealer, the pressure sensor mounted inside the TPMS malfunction indicator and the tire behind the valve stem. You must low tire pressure telltale will extin- use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- guish within a few minutes of driving. ommended that you always have If the indicator is not extinguished your tires serviced by an authorized after a few minutes of driving, please HYUNDAI dealer. visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

6 10 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 11

What to do in an emergency

You may not be able identify a low This device complies with Part 15 tire by simply looking at it. Always WARNING - TPMS of the FCC rules. use a good quality tire pressure • The TPMS cannot alert you to Operation is subject to the following gauge to measure the tire's inflation severe and sudden tire dam- two conditions: pressure. Please note that a tire that age caused by external fac- is hot (from being driven) will have a 1.This device may not cause harmful tors such as nails or road interference, and higher pressure measurement than a debris. tire that is cold. 2.This device must accept any inter- • If you feel any vehicle instabil- ference received, including inter- A cold tire means the vehicle has ity, immediately take your foot been sitting for 3 hours and driven for ference that may cause undesired off the accelerator, apply the operation. less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 brakes gradually and with hour period. light force, and slowly move to Allow the tire to cool before measur- a safe position off the road. WARNING ing the inflation pressure. Always be Changes or modifications not sure the tire is cold before inflating to expressly approved by the party the recommended pressure. WARNING - Protecting responsible for compliance TPMS could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. CAUTION Tampering with, modifying, or Do not use any tire sealant if disabling the Tire Pressure your vehicle is equipped with a Monitoring System (TPMS) com- Tire Pressure Monitoring ponents may interfere with the System. The liquid sealant can system's ability to warn the driv- damage the tire pressure sen- er of low tire pressure condi- sors. tions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.

611 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 12

What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency WARNING - Changing tires tire changing only. • Never attempt vehicle repairs To prevent the jack from “rattling” in the traffic lanes of a public while the vehicle is in motion, store it road or highway. properly. • Always move the vehicle com- Follow jacking instructions to reduce pletely off the road and onto the possibility of personal injury. the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on level firm ground. If you cannot find a firm, level OYF069006N place off the road, call a tow- Jack and tools ing service company for assistance. The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage • Be sure to use the correct compartment. Pull up the luggage front and rear jacking posi- box cover to reach this equipment. tions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any other (1) Jack handle part of the vehicle for jack (2) Jack support. (3) Wheel lug nut wrench • The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death. No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack; use vehicle support stands. (Continued)

6 12 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 13

What to do in an emergency

(Continued) • Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack. • Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack. • Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the OYF069005N OBH068002L jack. Removing and storing the spare Changing tires tire 1. Park on a level surface and apply Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt the parking brake firmly. counterclockwise. 2. Shift the shift lever into R Store the tire in the reverse order of (Reverse) with manual transaxle removal. or P (Park) with automatic To prevent the spare tire and tools transaxle. from “rattling” while the vehicle is in 3. Activate the hazard warning flash- motion, store them properly. er.

613 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:58 PM Page 14

What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Changing a tire • To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. • We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be blocked, and that no person 1JBA6504 remain in a vehicle that is ONF068002 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, being jacked. 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun- jack, jack handle, and spare tire terclockwise one turn each, but do from the vehicle. not remove any nut until the tire 5. Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground. wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position.

6 14 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:59 PM Page 15

What to do in an emergency

CAUTION Place the jack not to damage to the plastic guard. If you place the jack at the plastic guard and jack up the vehicle, the plastic guard may be damaged

OYF069019N OBH068012 7. Place the jack at the front or rear 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack jacking position closest to the tire and turn it clockwise, raising the you are changing. Place the jack vehicle until the tire just clears the at the designated locations under ground. This measurement is the frame. approximately 1.2 in (30 mm). Before removing the wheel lug WARNING - Jack location nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- ble and that there is no chance for To reduce the possibility of movement or slippage. injury, be sure to use only the jack provided with the vehicle and in the correct jack position; never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.

615 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:59 PM Page 16

What to do in an emergency

9. Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers. (Continued) Slide the wheel off the studs and If there is, remove it. If there is lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To not good contact on the mount- put the wheel on the hub, pick up ing surface between the wheel the spare tire, line up the holes and hub, the wheel nuts could with the studs and slide the wheel come loose and cause the loss onto them. If this is difficult, tip the of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may wheel slightly and get the top hole result in loss of control of the in the wheel lined up with the top vehicle. This may cause serious stud. Then jiggle the wheel back injury or death. and forth until the wheel can be OUN046019 slid over the other studs. 10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on Then position the wrench as shown the studs, put the wheel nuts on in the drawing and tighten the wheel WARNING the studs and tighten them finger nuts. Be sure the socket is seated Wheels may have sharp edges. tight. The nuts should be installed completely over the nut. Do not stand Handle them carefully to avoid with their tapered small diameter on the wrench handle or use an possible severe injury. Before ends directed inward. Jiggle the extension pipe over the wrench han- putting the wheel into place, be tire to be sure it is completely dle. Go around the wheel tightening sure that there is nothing on the seated, then tighten the nuts as every other nut until they are all tight. hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, much as possible with your fin- Then double-check each nut for gravel, etc.) that prevents the gers again. tightness. After changing wheels, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer wheel from fitting solidly 11. Lower the car to the ground by against the hub. tighten the wheel nuts to their proper turning the wheel nut wrench torque as soon as possible. (Continued) counterclockwise. Wheel nut tightening torque: Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel: 65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m)

6 16 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:59 PM Page 17

What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION WARNING - Wheel studs If the pressure is lower than recom- Your vehicle has metric threads If the studs are damaged, they mended, drive slowly to the nearest on the wheel studs and nuts. may lose their ability to retain service station and inflate to the cor- Make certain during wheel the wheel.This could lead to the rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust removal that the same nuts that loss of the wheel and a collision it until it is correct. Always reinstall were removed are reinstalled - resulting in serious injuries. the valve cap after checking or or, if replaced, that nuts with adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is metric threads and the same not replaced, air may leak from the chamfer configuration are used. To prevent the jack, jack handle, tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy Installation of a non-metric wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire another and install it as soon as pos- thread nut on a metric stud or from rattling while the vehicle is in sible. vice-versa will not secure the motion, store them properly. After you have changed wheels, wheel to the hub properly and always secure the flat tire in its place will damage the stud so that it and return the jack and tools to their must be replaced. WARNING - Inadequate spare tire pressure proper storage locations. Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads. Be sure to Check the inflation pressures as use extreme care in checking soon as possible after installing for thread style before installing the spare tire. Adjust it to the specified pressure, if necessary. aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. Refer to “Tires and wheels” sec- If in doubt, consult an author- tion 8. ized HYUNDAI dealer.

617 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:59 PM Page 18

What to do in an emergency

Important - use of compact spare tire When using a compact spare tire, Your vehicle is equipped with a com- WARNING observe the following precautions: pact spare tire. This compact spare The compact spare tire is for • Under no circumstances should tire takes up less space than a regu- emergency use only. Do not you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a operate your vehicle on this higher speed could damage the conventional tire and is designed for compact spare at speeds over tire. temporary use only. 50 mph (80 km/h). The original • Ensure that you drive slowly tire should be repaired or enough for the road conditions to replaced as soon as is possible CAUTION avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, to avoid failure of the spare such as a pothole or debris, could • You should drive carefully possibly leading to personal seriously damage the compact when the compact spare is in injury or death. spare. use. The compact spare should be replaced by the • Any continuous road use of this tire proper conventional tire and The compact spare should be inflat- could result in tire failure, loss of rim at the first opportunity. ed to 60 psi (420 kPa). vehicle control, and possible personal injury. • The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with ✽ NOTICE • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- more than one compact spare mum load rating or the load-carry- tire in use at the same time. Check the inflation pressure after ing capacity shown on the sidewall installing the spare tire. Adjust it to of the compact spare tire. the specified pressure, as necessary. • Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch (25 mm), which could result in damage to the vehicle.

6 18 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:59 PM Page 19

What to do in an emergency

• Do not take this vehicle through an • The compact spare tire should not automatic car wash while the com- be used on any other wheels, nor pact spare tire is installed. should standard tires, snow tires, • Do not use tire chains on the com- wheel covers or trim rings be used pact spare tire. Because of the with the compact spare wheel. If smaller size, a tire chain will not fit such use is attempted, damage to properly. This could damage the these items or other car compo- vehicle and result in loss of the nents may occur. chain. • Do not use more than one compact • Do not use the compact spare tire spare tire at a time. on any other vehicle because this • Do not tow a trailer while the com- tire has been designed especially pact spare tire is installed. for your vehicle. • The compact spare tire’s tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.

619 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:59 PM Page 20

What to do in an emergency

TOWING

A It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front B wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the HXD02 dolly front of the vehicle should always be lift- ed, not the rear. C

OMC045012 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an author- HXD03 ized Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow- CAUTION ing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel • Do not tow with sling-type equip- dollies or flatbed is recommended. ment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment. • Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.

6 20 YF HMA 6.QXP 11/25/2009 1:59 PM Page 21

What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies : 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transaxle.

621 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:44 PM Page 1

Engine compartment / 7-2 Maintenance services / 7-3 Owner maintenance / 7-4 Scheduled maintenance service / 7-6 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-18 Engine oil / 7-21 Engine coolant / 7-23 Brake fluid / 7-25 Washer fluid / 7-26 Parking brake / 7-27 Air cleaner / 7-28 Climate control air filter / 7-29 Wiper blades / 7-31 Battery / 7-33 Tires and wheels / 7-36 Fuses / 7-49 Light bulbs / 7-58 Maintenance 7

Appearance care / 7-64 Emission control system / 7-70 California perchlorate notice / 7-73 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 2

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Positive battery terminal 7. Negative battery terminal 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9. Radiator cap 10. Engine oil dipstick * : if equipped

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OYF079060

7 2 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to Owner’s responsibility Owner maintenance precautions prevent damage to your vehicle and Improper or incomplete service may injury to yourself whenever performing ✽ NOTICE result in problems. This section gives any maintenance or inspection proce- instructions only for the maintenance dures. Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner's responsibility. items that are easy to perform. Should you have any doubts concerning As explained earlier in this section, sev- the inspection or servicing of your vehi- eral procedures can be done only by an cle, we strongly recommend that you You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tools. perform this work. on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac- ✽ tory-trained technicians and genuine shown on the following pages. You need NOTICE HYUNDAI parts to service your vehicle this information to establish your compli- Improper owner maintenance during properly. For expert advice and quality ance with the servicing and maintenance the warranty period may affect warran- service, see an authorized HYUNDAI requirements of your vehicle warranties. ty coverage. For details, read the sepa- dealer. Detailed warranty information is provided rate Owner’s Handbook & Warranty Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient in your Owner’s Handbook & Warranty Information booklet provided with the servicing may result in operational prob- Information booklet. vehicle. If you're unsure about any serv- lems with your vehicle that could lead to Repairs and adjustments required as a icing or maintenance procedure, have it vehicle damage, an accident, or person- result of improper maintenance or a lack done by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- al injury. of required maintenance are not covered. er. We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.

73 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 4

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and Owner maintenance schedule WARNING - Maintenance inspections that should be performed by When you stop for fuel: the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI work • Check the engine oil level. • Performing maintenance work on dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation • Check coolant level in coolant reser- a vehicle can be dangerous. You voir. can be seriously injured while of your vehicle. • Check the windshield washer fluid performing some maintenance Any adverse conditions should be level. procedures. If you lack sufficient brought to the attention of your dealer as knowledge and experience or the soon as possible. • Look for low or under-inflated tires. proper tools and equipment to do These Owner Maintenance Checks are the work, have it done by an generally not covered by warranties and WARNING authorized HYUNDAI dealer. you may be charged for labor, parts and Be careful when checking your • Working under the hood with the lubricants used. engine coolant level when the engine running is dangerous. It engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant becomes even more dangerous and steam may blow out under when you wear jewelry or loose pressure. This could cause burns clothing. These can become or other serious injury. entangled in moving parts and result in injury. Therefore, if you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fans.

7 4 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 5

Maintenance

While operating your vehicle: At least monthly: At least once a year: • Note any changes in the sound of the • Check coolant level in the engine • Clean body and door drain holes. exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes coolant reservoir. • Lubricate door hinges and checks, and in the vehicle. • Check the operation of all exterior hood hinges. • Check for vibrations in the steering lights, including the stoplights, turn sig- • Lubricate door and hood locks and wheel. Notice any increased steering nals and hazard warning flashers. latches. effort or looseness in the steering • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips. wheel, or change in its straight-ahead tires including the spare. • Check the air conditioning system. position. • Inspect and lubricate automatic • Notice if your vehicle constantly turns At least twice a year transaxle linkage and controls. slightly or “pulls” to one side when trav- (i.e., every Spring and Fall): eling on smooth, level road. • Clean battery and terminals. • Check radiator, heater and air condi- • Check the brake fluid level. • When stopping, listen and check for tioning hoses for leaks or damage. unusual sounds, pulling to one side, • Check windshield washer spray and increased brake pedal travel or “hard- wiper operation. Clean wiper blades to-push” brake pedal. with clean cloth dampened with wash- • If any slipping or changes in the oper- er fluid. ation of your transaxle occurs, check • Check headlight alignment. the transaxle fluid level. • Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields • Check automatic transaxle P (Park) and clamps. function. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear • Check parking brake. and function. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle • Check for worn tires and loose wheel (water dripping from the air condition- lug nuts. ing system during or after use is normal).

75 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 6

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if If your vehicle is operated under the the vehicle is usually operated where above conditions, you should inspect, none of the following conditions apply. If replace or refill more frequently than the any of the following conditions apply, fol- following Normal Maintenance Schedule. low Maintenance Under Severe Usage After 120 months or 150,000 miles Conditions. (240,000 km) continue to follow the pre- • Repeated short distance driving. scribed maintenance intervals. • Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas. • Extensive use of brakes. • Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used. • Driving on rough or muddy roads. • Driving in mountainous areas. • Extended periods of idling or low speed operation. • Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates. • More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90°F (32°C).

7 6 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 7

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months 22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 18 months ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) (22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)

15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Inspect electronic throttle control ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

77 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 8

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect electronic throttle control (37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months) ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 1 ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors * : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restric- upper arm ball joint tion, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details. ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect crankcase ventilation hose ❑ Inspect fuel filter *1 ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1 ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)

7 8 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months 52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 42 months ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Inspect electronic throttle control ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)

79 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 10

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months 67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 54 months ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months) ❑ Inspect electronic throttle control 1 ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler * : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel upper arm ball joint filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details. ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts *2 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if nec- ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid essary. ❑ Inspect crankcase ventilation hose ❑ Inspect fuel filter *1 ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1 ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Inspect valve clearance *2 ❑ Inspect drive belt (auto-tensioner, generator, p/str'g, a/con, w/pump) (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months) ❑ Replace coolant (First, 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 60 months after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months) 7 10 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 11

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months 82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 66 months ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Inspect electronic throttle control ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) ❑ Inspect drive belt (auto-tensioner, generator, p/str'g, a/con, w/pump) (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)

711 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 12

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 72 months 97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 78 months ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months) ❑ Inspect electronic throttle control 1 ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler * : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel upper arm ball joint filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details. ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect crankcase ventilation hose ❑ Inspect fuel filter *1 ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1 ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Inspect drive belt (auto-tensioner, generator, p/str'g, a/con, w/pump) (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months) ❑ Replace coolant (First, 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 60 months after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)

7 12 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 13

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months 112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 90 months ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months) ❑ Inspect electronic throttle control ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect drive belt (auto-tensioner, generator, p/str'g, a/con, w/pump) (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 168 months)

713 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 14

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 96 months 127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 102 months ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months) ❑ Inspect electronic throttle control ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler *1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel upper arm ball joint filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details. ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid *2 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if nec- ❑ Inspect crankcase ventilation hose essary. ❑ Inspect fuel filter *1 ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1 ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Inspect valve clearance *2 ❑ Inspect drive belt (auto-tensioner, generator, p/str'g, a/con, w/pump) (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months) ❑ Replace coolant (First, 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 60 months after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)

7 14 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 15

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 108 months 142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 114 months ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Inspect electronic throttle control ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect drive belt (auto-tensioner, generator, p/str'g, a/con, w/pump) (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)

715 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 16

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.) 150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 120 months (Continued) ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace coolant (First, 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 60 months ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months) ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Inspect electronic throttle control No check, No service required ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped) ❑ Inspect front disc brake/pads, calipers and rotors ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, *1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but upper arm ball joint periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an ❑ Inspect crankcase ventilation hose authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details. ❑ Inspect fuel filter *1 ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1 ❑ Inspect rear disc brake/pads, parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) ❑ Inspect drive belt (auto-tensioner, generator, p/str'g, a/con, w/pump) (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 240 months) (Continued)

7 16 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 17

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION OPERATION

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 3,750 MILES (6,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY B, H AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM) A, C, E, F, G, I MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) A, C, E, F, G, I FRONT DISC BRAKE/PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H REAR DISC BRAKE/PADS, PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/ I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal tem- F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C) perature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) E - Driving in sandy areas K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

717 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 18

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The engine oil and filter should be A clogged filter can limit the speed at The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should changed at the intervals specified in the which the vehicle may be driven, damage be inspected at those intervals specified maintenance schedule. If the car is being the emission system and cause multiple in the maintenance schedule. Make sure driven in severe conditions, more fre- issues such as hard starting. If an exces- that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is quent oil and filter changes are required. sive amount of foreign matter accumu- correctly replaced. lates in the fuel tank, the filter may Drive belts require replacement more frequently. Vacuum crankcase ventilation After installing a new filter, run the engine Inspect all drive belts for evidence of hoses for several minutes, and check for leaks cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu- at the connections. Fuel filters should be Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence ration and replace if necessary. Drive installed by an authorized HYUNDAI of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard belts should be checked periodically for dealer. and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, proper tension and adjusted as neces- abrasions, and excessive swelling indi- sary. cate deterioration. Particular attention Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- should be paid to examine those hose nections surfaces nearest to high heat sources, Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- such as the exhaust manifold. nections for leakage and damage. Have Inspect the hose routing to assure that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the hoses do not come in contact with any damaged or leaking parts immedi- any heat source, sharp edges or moving ately. component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and cou- plings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.

7 18 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 19

Maintenance

Air cleaner filter Coolant A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is The coolant should be changed at the CAUTION recommended when the filter is intervals specified in the maintenance The use of a non-specified fluid replaced. schedule. could result in transaxle malfunction and failure. Spark plugs Manual transaxle fluid Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid. (Refer to Make sure to install new spark plugs of (if equipped) “Recommended lubricants and the correct heat range. Inspect the manual transaxle fluid capacities” in section 8.) according to the maintenance schedule. Valve clearance Brake hoses and lines Inspect excessive valve noise and/or Automatic transaxle fluid engine vibration and adjust if necessary. (if equipped) Visually check for proper installation, An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should Automatic transaxle fluid should not be chafing, cracks, deterioration and any perform the operation. checked under normal usage conditions. leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately. But in severe conditions, the fluid should Cooling system be changed at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to the scheduled Brake/clutch fluid Check cooling system components, such maintenance at the beginning of this as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid chapter. connections for leakage and damage. reservoir. The level should be between Replace any damaged parts. “MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side of ✽ NOTICE the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake Automatic transaxle fluid color is basi- fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 cally red. specification. As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker. It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color.

719 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 20

Maintenance

Parking brake Steering gear box, linkage & Drive shafts and boots Inspect the parking brake system includ- boots/lower arm ball joint Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps ing the parking brake pedal and cables. With the vehicle stopped and engine off, for cracks, deterioration, or damage. check for excessive free-play in the Replace any damaged parts and, if nec- Brake discs, pads, calipers and steering wheel. essary, repack the grease. rotors Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for Check the pads for excessive wear, discs Air conditioning refrigerant deterioration, cracks, or damage. for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid Check the air conditioning lines and con- Replace any damaged parts. leakage. nections for leakage and damage.

Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.

Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.

7 20 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 21

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL 5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.

CAUTION Do not overfill with engine oil. Engine damage may result.

OYF079003N OYF079004N Checking the engine oil level If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. the level to F. Do not overfill. 2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capaci- 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and ties” in section 8.) re-insert it fully.

WARNING - Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.

721 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 22

Maintenance

CALIFORNIA PROPOSI- TION 65 WARNING Engine oil contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and reproductive harm. Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory ani- Changing the engine oil and filter mals. Always protect your skin by Have engine oil and filter changed by an washing your hands thoroughly authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to with soap and warm water as soon the Maintenance Schedule at the begin- as possible after handling used oil. ning of this section.

7 22 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 23

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze (Continued) coolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac- • Turn the engine off and wait until tory. it cools down. Use extreme care Check the antifreeze protection and when removing the radiator cap. coolant level at least once a year, at the Wrap a thick towel around it, and beginning of the winter season, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to before traveling to a colder climate. the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are Checking the coolant level sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue WARNING - Removing OYF079005N turning counterclockwise to radiator cap remove it. Check the condition and connections of • Never attempt to remove the radi- • Even if the engine is not operat- all cooling system hoses and heater ator cap while the engine is oper- ing, do not remove the radiator hoses. Replace any swollen or deterio- ating or hot. Doing so might lead cap or the drain plug while the rated hoses. to cooling system and engine engine and radiator are hot. Hot The coolant level should be filled damage and could result in seri- coolant and steam may still blow between F and L marks on the side of the ous personal injury from escap- out under pressure, causing seri- coolant reservoir when the engine is ing hot coolant or steam. ous injury. cool. (Continued) If the coolant level is low, add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection.

723 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 24

Maintenance

Recommended engine coolant Changing the coolant • When adding coolant, use only deion- Have coolant changed by an authorized ized water or soft water for your vehicle HYUNDAI dealer according to the and never mix hard water in the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning coolant filled at the factory. An improp- of this section. er coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. CAUTION • The engine in your vehicle has aluminum Put a thick cloth or fabric around engine parts and must be protected by the radiator cap before refilling the an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to pre- coolant in order to prevent the vent corrosion and freezing. coolant from overflowing into • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol OYF079006 engine parts such as generator. coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. WARNING - Radiator cap • Do not use a solution that contains WARNING - Coolant more than 60% antifreeze or less than Do not remove the radiator cap • Do not use radiator coolant or 35% antifreeze, which would reduce when the engine and radiator are antifreeze in the washer fluid hot. Scalding hot coolant and the effectiveness of the solution. reservoir. steam may blow out under pres- For mixture percentage, refer to the fol- sure causing serious injury. • Radiator coolant can severely lowing table. obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause Mixture Percentage (volume) loss of vehicle control or damage Ambient to paint and body trim. Temperature Antifreeze Water

5°F (-15°C) 35 65 -13°F (-25°C) 40 60 -31°F (-35°C) 50 50 -49°F (-45°C) 60 40 7 24 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:45 PM Page 25

Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID Use only the specified brake fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants or capaci- CAUTION ties” in section 8.) Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint Never mix different types of fluid. damage will result. Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never WARNING - Loss of brake/ be used as its quality cannot be clutch fluid guaranteed. It should be disposed In the event the brake system of properly. Don't put in the wrong requires frequent additions of fluid, kind of fluid. A few drops of miner- the vehicle should be inspected by al-based oil, such as engine oil, in OYF079007N an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. your brake system can damage Checking the brake/clutch fluid brake system parts. level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri- WARNING - Brake/clutch odically. The fluid level should be fluid between MAX and MIN marks on the When changing and adding brake side of the reservoir. fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it Before removing the reservoir cap and come in contact with your eyes. If adding brake/clutch fluid, clean the area brake fluid should come in contact around the reservoir cap thoroughly to with your eyes, immediately flush prevent brake/clutch fluid contamination. them with a large quantity of fresh If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX tap water. Have your eyes examined level. The level will fall with accumulated by a doctor as soon as possible. mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake system or clutch (if equipped) checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

725 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:46 PM Page 26

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

WARNING - Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim. • Windshield washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol OYF079010 and can be flammable under cer- Checking the washer fluid level tain circumstances. Do not allow The reservoir is translucent so that you sparks or flame to contact the can check the level with a quick visual washer fluid or the washer fluid inspection. reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur. Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain • Windshield washer fluid is poi- water may be used if washer fluid is not sonous to humans and animals. available. However, use washer solvent Do not drink and avoid contacting with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- windshield washer fluid. Serious mates to prevent freezing. injury or death could occur.

7 26 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:46 PM Page 27

Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE

OYF059023 OYF059022N Checking the parking brake Type B Type A Check the stroke of the parking brake by Check whether the stroke is within spec- counting the number of “clicks’’ heard ification when the parking brake pedal is while fully applying it from the released depressed with 44 lb (20 kg, 196 N) of position. Also, the parking brake alone force. Also, the parking brake alone should should securely hold the vehicle on a fair- securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep ly steep grade. If the stroke is more or grade. If the stroke is more or less than less than specified, have the parking specified, have the parking brake adjusted brake adjusted by an authorized by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealer. Stroke : 4~5 notch Stroke :5 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

727 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:46 PM Page 28

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

OYF079011 OYF079012 OYF079013 Filter replacement 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. It must be replaced when necessary, and clips and open the cover. 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. should not be cleaned and reused. 4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching You can clean the filter when inspecting clips. the air cleaner element. Clean the filter by using compressed air.

7 28 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:46 PM Page 29

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Replace the filter according to the Filter inspection Maintenance Schedule. The climate control air filter should be If the vehicle is operated in extremely replaced according to the Maintenance dusty or sandy areas, replace the ele- Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in ment more often than the usual recom- severely air-polluted cities or on dusty mended intervals. (Refer to rough roads for a long period, it should “Maintenance under severe usage condi- be inspected more frequently and tions” in this section.) replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be CAUTION careful to avoid damaging other compo- • Do not drive with the air cleaner nents. removed; this will result in exces- OYF079014 sive engine wear. Filter replacement • When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt 1. Open the glove box and remove the does not enter the air intake, or support strap (1). damage may result. • Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.

729 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:47 PM Page 30

Maintenance

OYF079015 OYF079016 OYF079046 2. With the glove box open, remove the 3. Remove the climate control air filter 4. Replace the climate control air filter. stoppers by turning them counter- cover while pressing the lock on the 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of clockwise on both sides. right of the cover. disassembly.

✽ NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

7 30 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:47 PM Page 31

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Contamination of either the windshield or Blade replacement the wiper blades with foreign matter can When the wipers no longer clean ade- reduce the effectiveness of the wind- quately, the blades may be worn or shield wipers. Common sources of con- cracked, and require replacement. tamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wip- CAUTION ing properly, clean both the window and To prevent damage to the wiper the blades with a good cleaner or mild arms or other components, do not detergent, and rinse thoroughly with attempt to move the wipers manual- clean water. ly.

1JBA5122 CAUTION CAUTION Blade inspection To prevent damage to the wiper The use of a non-specified wiper ✽ NOTICE blades, do not use gasoline, blade could result in wiper malfunc- Commercial hot waxes applied by auto- kerosene, paint thinner, or other tion and failure. matic car washes have been known to solvents on or near them. make the windshield difficult to clean.

731 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:47 PM Page 32

Maintenance

OHM078059 OYF079061 OYF079062 Front windshield wiper blade 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull 3. Install the new blade assembly in the 1. Raise the wiper arm. down the blade assembly and remove reverse order of removal. it. CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.

7 32 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 33

Maintenance

BATTERY

(Continued) WARNING - Battery dangers If electrolyte gets on your Always read the following skin, thoroughly wash the instructions carefully when contacted area. If you feel a handling a battery. pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention Keep lighted cigarettes and immediately. all other flames or sparks away from the battery. Wear eye protection when charging or working near a Hydrogen, a highly com- battery. Always provide bustible gas, is always ventilation when working in OYF079017 present in battery cells and an enclosed space. For best battery service may explode if ignited. An inappropriately disposed • Keep the battery securely mounted. Keep batteries out of the battery can be harmful to • Keep the battery top clean and dry. reach of children because Pb the environment and human • Keep the terminals and connections batteries contain highly health. Dispose the battery clean, tight, and coated with petroleum corrosive SULFURIC ACID. according to your local jelly or terminal grease. Do not allow battery acid to law(s) or regulation. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the contact your skin, eyes, battery immediately with a solution of clothing or paint finish. • When lifting a plastic-cased bat- water and baking soda. tery, excessive pressure on the If any electrolyte gets into case may cause battery acid to • If the vehicle is not going to be used for your eyes, flush your eyes leak, resulting in personal injury. an extended time, disconnect the bat- with clean water for at least Lift with a battery carrier or with tery cables. 15 minutes and get immedi- your hands on opposite corners. ate medical attention. • Never attempt to recharge the (Continued) battery when the battery cables are connected. (Continued)

733 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 34

Maintenance

Battery recharging (Continued) CAUTION Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, • The electrical ignition system • When you don’t use the vehicle calcium-based battery. works with high voltage. Never for a long time in the low temper- • If the battery becomes discharged in a touch these components with the ature, remove the battery and short time (because, for example, the engine running or the ignition store it indoors. headlights or interior lights were left on switched on. • Always charge the battery fully to while the vehicle was not in use), Failure to follow the above warn- prevent the battery case dam- recharge it by slow charging (trickle) ings can result in serious bodily aged in low temperatures. for 10 hours. injury or death. • If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20- CALIFORNIA PROPOSI- 30A for two hours. TION 65 WARNING Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash hands after handling.

7 34 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 35

Maintenance

Reset items WARNING - Recharging WARNING Items should be reset after the battery battery • Before performing maintenance has been discharged or the battery has When recharging the battery, or recharging the battery, turn off been disconnected. observe the following precautions: all accessories and stop the • Auto up/down window (See section 4) • The battery must be removed engine. • Sunroof (See section 4) from the vehicle and placed in an • The negative battery cable must • Trip computer (See section 4) area with good ventilation. be removed first and installed • Climate control system last when the battery is discon- • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, (See section 4) or flame near the battery. nected. • Clock (See section 4) • Watch the battery during charg- • Operation related to the battery • Audio (See section 4) ing, and stop or reduce the charg- should be done in an authorized ing rate if the battery cells begin HYUNDAI dealer. gassing (boiling) violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C). • Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. 1. Turn off the battery charger main switch. 2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal. 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.

735 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 36

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, and CAUTION maximum fuel economy, you must • Underinflation also results in always maintain recommended tire excessive wear, poor handling inflation pressures and stay within and reduced fuel economy. the load limits and weight distribution Wheel deformation also is recommended for your vehicle. possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, Recommended cold tire inflation have it checked by an author- pressures ized HYUNDAI dealer. All tire pressures (including the OYF089002 • Overinflation produces a spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- harsh ride, excessive wear at tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the the center of the tire tread, and vehicle has not been driven for at sures) can be found on a label attached to the driver’s side center a greater possibility of dam- least three hours or driven less than age from road hazards. one mile (1.6 km). pillar. Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle WARNING - Tire underin- handling, and minimum tire wear. flation For recommended inflation pressure, Severe underinflation can lead refer to “Tire and wheels” in section to severe heat build-up, causing 8. blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control leading to severe injury or death. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds.

7 36 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 37

Maintenance

Checking tire inflation pressure CAUTION CAUTION - Tire pressure Check your tires once a month or • Warm tires normally exceed Always observe the following: more. recommended cold tire pres- • Check tire pressure when the sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 Also, check the tire pressure of the tires are cold. (After vehicle spare tire. kPa). Do not release air from has been parked for at least warm tires to adjust the pres- three hours or hasn't been sure or the tires will be under- driven more than one mile (1.6 How to check inflated. km) since startup.) Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires • Be sure to reinstall the tire • Check the pressure of your inflation valve caps. Without are properly inflated simply by look- spare tire each time you check ing at them. Radial tires may look the valve cap, dirt or moisture the pressure of other tires. could get into the valve core properly inflated even when they're and cause air leakage. If a • Never overload your vehicle. underinflated. valve cap is missing, install a Be careful not to overload a Check the tire's inflation pressure new one as soon as possible. vehicle luggage rack if your when the tires are cold. - "Cold" vehicle is equipped with one. means your vehicle has been sitting • Worn, old tires can cause acci- for at least three hours or driven no dents. If your tread is badly more than 1 mile (1.6 km). WARNING - Tire Inflation worn, or if your tires have Overinflation or underinflation been damaged, replace them. can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure. This could result in loss of vehicle control and potential injury.

737 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 38

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire Tire rotation valve stem. Press the tire gage firm- WARNING To equalize tread wear, it is recom- ly onto the valve to get a pressure • Inspect your tires frequently mended that the tires be rotated measurement. If the cold tire inflation for proper inflation as well as every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or pressure matches the recommended wear and damage. Always use sooner if irregular wear develops. pressure on the tire and loading a tire pressure gauge. information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for • Tires with too much or too little correct balance. ment is necessary. If the pressure is pressure wear unevenly caus- When rotating tires, check for uneven low, add air until you reach the rec- ing poor handling, loss of vehi- wear and damage. Abnormal wear is ommended amount. cle control, and sudden tire usually caused by incorrect tire pres- If you overfill the tire, release air by failure leading to accidents, pushing on the metal stem in the injuries, and even death. The sure, improper wheel alignment, out- center of the tire valve. Recheck the recommended cold tire pres- of-balance wheels, severe braking or tire pressure with the tire gage. Be sure for your vehicle can be severe cornering. Look for bumps or sure to put the valve caps back on found in this manual and on bulges in the tread or side of tire. the valve stems. They help prevent the tire label located on the dri- Replace the tire if you find either of leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- ver's side center pillar. these conditions. Replace the tire if ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, • Worn tires can cause acci- be sure to bring the front and rear tire dents. Replace tires that are pressures to specification and check worn, show uneven wear, or lug nut tightness. are damaged. • Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire. HYUNDAI recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.

7 38 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 39

Maintenance

Without a spare tire Wheel alignment and tire balance WARNING The wheels on your vehicle were • Do not use the compact spare aligned and balanced carefully at the tire for tire rotation. factory to give you the longest tire life • Do not mix bias ply and radial and best overall performance. ply tires under any circum- In most cases, you will not need to stances. This may cause have your wheels aligned again. unusual handling characteris- However, if you notice unusual tire tics that could result in death, wear or your vehicle pulling one way severe injury, or property or the other, the alignment may need damage. to be reset. OBH078040 If you notice your vehicle vibrating Disc brake pads should be inspected when driving on a smooth road, your for wear whenever tires are rotated. wheels may need to be rebalanced.

✽ NOTICE CAUTION Rotate radial tires that have an Improper wheel weights can asymmetric tread pattern only from damage your vehicle's alu- front to rear and not from right to minum wheels. Use only left. approved wheel weights.

739 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 40

Maintenance

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacing (Continued) tires • Using tires and wheel other To reduce the chance or serious than the recommended sizes or fatal injuries from an acci- could cause unusual handling dent caused by tire failure or characteristics and poor vehi- loss of vehicle control: cle control, resulting in a serious accident. • Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are • Wheels that do not meet damaged. Worn tires can HYUNDAI’s specifications cause loss of braking effec- may fit poorly and result in OEN076053 tiveness, steering control, and damage to the vehicle or traction. unusual handling and poor Tire replacement vehicle control. If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear • Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure • The ABS works by comparing indicator will appear as a solid band the speed of the wheels. Tire across the tread. This shows there is in your tires. This can lead to uneven wear and tire failure. size can affect wheel speed. less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread When replacing tires, all 4 left on the tire. Replace the tire when • When replacing tires, never tires must use the same size this happens. mix radial and bias-ply tires originally supplied with the Do not wait for the band to appear on the same car. You must vehicle. Using tires of a differ- across the entire tread before replac- replace all tires (including the ent size can cause the ABS ing the tire. spare) if moving from radial to (Anti-lock Brake System) and bias-ply tires. ESC (Electronic Stability (Continued) Control) to work irregularly.

7 40 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 41

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement Wheel replacement Tire traction A compact spare tire has a shorter When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you tread life than a regular size tire. any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are Replace it when you can see the wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery tread wear indicator bars on the tire. factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be The replacement compact spare tire and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators should be the same size and design appear. To reduce the possibility of tire as the one provided with your losing control, slow down whenever new vehicle and should be mounted WARNING there is rain, snow or ice on the road. on the same compact spare tire A wheel that is not the correct wheel. The compact spare tire is not size may adversely affect wheel designed to be mounted on a regular and bearing life, braking and Tire maintenance size wheel, and the compact spare stopping abilities, handling char- In addition to proper inflation, correct tire wheel is not designed for mount- acteristics, ground clearance, wheel alignment helps to decrease ing a regular size tire. body-to-tire clearance, snow tire wear. If you find a tire is worn chain clearance, speedometer unevenly, have your dealer check the and odometer calibration, head- wheel alignment. light aim and bumper height. When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.

741 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 42

Maintenance

1 2. Tire size designation 94 - Load Index, a numerical code A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire associated with the maximum 5,6 size designation. You will need this load the tire can carry. 7 information when selecting replace- H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the ment tires for your car. The following speed rating chart in this section 4 explains what the letters and num- for additional information. bers in the tire size designation mean. 2 Wheel size designation 3 Example tire size designation: Wheels are also marked with impor- (These numbers are provided as an tant information that you need if you example only; your tire size designa- 1 ever have to replace one. The follow- I030B04JM tor could vary depending on your ing explains what the letters and Tire sidewall labeling vehicle.) numbers in the wheel size designa- This information identifies and P205/65R16 94H tion mean. describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides P - Applicable vehicle type (tires Example wheel size designation: the tire identification number (TIN) marked with the prefix “P’’ are 6.5JX16 for safety standard certification. The intended for use on passenger TIN can be used to identify the tire in cars or light trucks; however, not case of a recall. all tires have this marking). 6.5 - Rim width in inches. 205 - Tire width in millimeters. J - Rim contour designation. 1. Manufacturer or brand name 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section 16 - Rim diameter in inches. Manufacturer or Brand name is height as a percentage of its shown. width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 16 - Rim diameter in inches.

7 42 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 43

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over 6 years old, Tires degrade over time, even used for passenger car tires. The based on the manufacturing date, when they are not being used. speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be Regardless of the remaining designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find tread, it is recommended that tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire tires generally be replaced after tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the six (6) years of normal service. ating speed. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. Heat caused by hot climates or The DOT Code is a series of num- frequent high loading condi- Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers tions can accelerate the aging Rating Maximum Speed and English letters. The manufactur- process. Failure to follow this Symbol ing date is designated by the last four warning can result in sudden digits (characters) of the DOT code. S 112 mph (180 km/h) tire failure, which could lead to T 118 mph (190 km/h) a loss of control and an acci- DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO dent involving serious injury or H 130 mph (210 km/h) The front part of the DOT means a death. V 149 mph (240 km/h) plant code number, tire size and Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h) tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manu- 4. Tire ply composition and material factured. The number of layers or plies of rub- For example: ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 represents materials in the tire, which include that the tire was produced in the 16th steel, nylon, polyester, and others. week of 2009. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.

743 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 44

Maintenance

5. Maximum permissible inflation 7. Uniform tire quality grading Traction - AA, A, B & C pressure Quality grades can be found where The traction grades, from highest to This number is the greatest amount applicable on the tire sidewall lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those of air pressure that should be put in between tread shoulder and maxi- grades represent the tire’s ability to the tire. Do not exceed the maximum mum section width. stop on wet pavement as measured permissible inflation pressure. Refer For example: TREAD wear 200 under controlled conditions on spec- to the Tire and Loading Information TRACTION AA ified government test surfaces of label for recommended inflation asphalt and concrete. A tire marked TEMPERATURE A pressure. C may have poor traction performance. 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of WARNING the tire when tested under controlled The traction grade assigned to can be carried by the tire. When conditions on a specified govern- replacing the tires on the vehicle, this tire is based on straight- ment test course. For example, a tire ahead braking traction tests, always use a tire that has the same graded 150 would wear one-and-a- load rating as the factory installed and does not include accelera- half times (1½) as well on the gov- tion, cornering, hydroplaning, tire. ernment course as a tire graded 100. or peak traction characteristics. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. These grades are molded on the side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.

7 44 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 45

Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C Tire terminology and definitions The temperature grades are A (the WARNING - Tire Air Pressure: The amount of air highest), B and C representing the temperature inside the tire pressing outward on tire’s resistance to the generation of The temperature grade for this the tire. Air pressure is expressed in heat and its ability to dissipate heat tire is established for a tire that pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- when tested under controlled condi- is properly inflated and not pascal (kPa). tions on a specified indoor laboratory overloaded. Excessive speed, Accessory Weight: This means the test wheel. underinflation, or excessive combined weight of optional acces- Sustained high temperature can loading, either separately or in sories. Some examples of optional cause the material of the tire to combination, can cause heat accessories are, automatic degenerate and reduce tire life, and build-up and possible sudden transaxle, power seats, and air con- excessive temperature can lead to tire failure. This can cause loss ditioning. sudden tire failure. The grade C cor- of vehicle control and serious injury or death. Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a responds to a level of performance tire's height to its width. which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. that is located between the plies and Grades B and A represent higher the tread. Cords may be made from levels of performance on the labora- steel or other reinforcing materials. tory test wheel than the minimum Bead: The tire bead contains steel required by law. wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim. Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

745 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 46

Maintenance

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of Intended Outboard Sidewall: The Occupant Distribution: Designated air pressure in a tire, measured in side of an asymmetrical tire, that seating positions. pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- must always face outward when Outward Facing Sidewall: The side pascals (kPa) before a tire has built mounted on a vehicle. of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- up heat from driving. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for ticular side that faces outward when Curb Weight: This means the weight air pressure. mounted on a vehicle. The outward of a motor vehicle with standard and Load Index: An assigned number facing sidewall bears white lettering optional equipment including the ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or maximum capacity of fuel, oil and sponds to the load carrying capacity model name molding that is higher or coolant, but without passengers and of a tire. deeper than the same moldings on cargo. the inner facing sidewall. Maximum Inflation Pressure: The DOT Markings: A code molded into maximum air pressure to which a Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire the sidewall of a tire signifying that cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- used on passenger cars and some the tire is in compliance with the U.S. mum air pressure is molded onto the light duty trucks and multipurpose Department of Transportation motor sidewall. vehicles. vehicle safety standards. The DOT Maximum Load Rating: The load Recommended Inflation Pressure: code includes the Tire Identification Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that ed tire inflation pressure and shown ignator which can also identify the on the tire placard. tire manufacturer, production plant, tire. brand and date of production. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and beads are laid at 90 degrees to the GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight production options weight. centerline of the tread. Rating for the Front Axle. Normal Occupant Weight:The Rim: A metal support for a tire and GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight number of occupants a vehicle is upon which the tire beads are seat- Rating for the Rear axle. designed to seat multiplied by 150 ed. pounds (68 kg). Sidewall: The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.

7 46 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 47

Maintenance

Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Vehicle Maximum Load on the Summer tires code assigned to a tire indicating the Tire: Load on an individual tire due to HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on maximum speed at which a tire can curb and accessory weight plus some models to provide superior operate. maximum occupant and cargo performance on dry roads. Summer Traction: The friction between the weight. tire performance is substantially tire and the road surface. The Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: reduced in snow and ice. Summer amount of grip provided. Load on an individual tire that is tires do not have the tire traction rat- Tread: The portion of a tire that determined by distributing to each ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire comes into contact with the road. axle its share of the curb weight, side wall. if you plan to operate your accessory weight, and normal occu- vehicle in snowy or icy conditions. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow pant weight and dviding by 2. HYUNDAI recommends the use of bands, sometimes called "wear Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- snow tires or all season tires on all bars," that show across the tread of a four wheels. tire when only 2/32 inch of tread ly attached to a vehicle showing the remains. original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure. UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality Snow tires Grading Standards, a tire information If you equip your car with snow tires, system that provides consumers with All season tires they should be the same size and ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- HYUNDAI specifies all season tires have the same load capacity as the ture and treadwear. Ratings are on some models to provide good original tires. Snow tires should be determined by tire manufacturers performance for use all year round, installed on all four wheels; other- using government testing proce- including snowy and icy road condi- wise, poor handling may result. dures. The ratings are molded into tions. All season tires are identified Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 the sidewall of the tire. by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud kPa) more air pressure than the Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num- and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow pressure recommended for the stan- ber of designated seating positions tires have better snow traction than dard tires on the tire label on the dri- multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the all season tires and may be more ver's side of the center pillar, or up to rated cargo and luggage load. appropriate in some areas. the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less.

747 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 48

Maintenance

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 Radial-ply tires - Snow or ice km/h) when your car is equipped with WARNING Radial-ply tires provide improved snow tires. • When driving on roads cov- tread life, road hazard resistance and ered with snow or ice, drive at smoother high speed ride. The radi- Tire chains less than 20 mph (30 km/h). al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of Tire chains, if necessary, should be • Use the SAE “S” class or wire belted construction, and are selected installed on the front wheels. chains. to complement the ride and handling • If you hear noise caused by characteristics of your vehicle. Be sure that the chains are installed Radial-ply tires have the same load in accordance with the manufactur- chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to avoid carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias er's instructions. belted tires of the same size, and use contact with the vehicle body. To minimize tire and chain wear, do the same recommended inflation not continue to use tire chains when • To prevent body damage, pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires they are no longer needed. retighten the chains after driv- with bias-ply or bias belted tires is ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km). not recommended. Any combina- • Do not use tire chains on tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias vehicles equipped with alu- belted tires when used on the same minum wheels. In unavoid- vehicle will seriously deteriorate able circumstance, use a wire vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- type chain. low is: Identical radial-ply tires should always be used as a set of four. • Use wire chains less than 0.47 inches (12 mm) to prevent Longer wearing tires can be more damage to the chain’s con- susceptible to irregular tread wear. It nection. is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.

7 48 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:48 PM Page 49

Maintenance

FUSES Blade type This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the WARNING - Fuse replace- other in the engine compartment. ment If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- • Never replace a fuse with any- sories, or controls do not work, check the thing but another fuse of the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has same rating. Normal Blown blown, the element inside the fuse will be • A higher capacity fuse could melted. cause damage and possibly a If the electrical system does not work, Cartridge type fire. first check the driver’s side fuse panel. • Never install a wire instead of the Always replace a blown fuse with one of proper fuse - even as a temporary the same rating. repair. It may cause extensive If the replacement fuse blows, this indi- wiring damage and a possible fire. cates an electrical problem. Avoid using Normal Blown the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Multi fuse Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type CAUTION for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, Do not use a screwdriver or any and multi fuse for higher amperage rat- other metal object to remove fuses ings. because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system.

Normal Blown OBK079042 A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.

749 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:49 PM Page 50

Maintenance

If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced.

OYF079020 OYF079021 Instrument panel fuse replace- 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. ment Use the removal tool provided in the 1. Turn the ignition switch and all other engine compartment fuse panel. switches off. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it 2. Open the fuse panel cover. is blown. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse.

7 50 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:50 PM Page 51

Maintenance

✽ NOTICE • If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel, the warning chime, audio, clock and interior lamps, etc., will not operate. Some items must be reset after replacement. Refer to “Battery” in this section. • Even though the memory fuse is pulled up, the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices.

OYF079022 OYF079023 Memory fuse Engine compartment fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory replacement fuse to prevent battery discharge if your 1. Turn the ignition switch and all other vehicle is parked without being operated switches off. for prolonged periods. Use the following 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by procedures before parking the vehicle for pressing the tab and pulling up. prolonged periods. 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights. 3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse.

751 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:50 PM Page 52

Maintenance

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it ✽ NOTICE is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, If the multi fuse is blown, consult an use the fuse puller in the engine com- authorized HYUNDAI dealer. partment fuse panel. 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely OYF079024 install the fuse panel cover. If not, Multi fuse electrical failures may occur from If the multi fuse is blown, it must be water contact. removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the fuse panel on the right side in the engine compartment. 4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

7 52 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:51 PM Page 53

Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Inner panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel ✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OYF079025/OYF079026

753 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:51 PM Page 54

Maintenance

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel) Description Fuse rating Protected component P/SEAT DRI 30A Driver Manual Switch AMP 30A AMP, JBL AMP

TRUNK 10A Trunk Lid Relay, Trunk Room Lamp, Fuel Filler Door & Trunk Lid Switch

SAFETY POWER 25A Safety Power Window Module WINDOW P/WDW ASST 20A Passenger Power Window Switch P/WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH SPARE 7.5A - SPARE 10A - PDM 2 7.5A FOB Holder, Start Stop Button Switch, PDM, Smart Key Module MODULE 3 7.5A Key Solenoid, Sport Mode Switch P/WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH SPARE 10A - HTD MIRR 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror P/SEAT ASST 20A - S/HEATER FRT 15A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module PDM 25A PDM Instrument Cluster, Driver/Passenger Door Lamp, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, BCM, ROOM LP (POWER Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, A/C Control Module, Room Lamp, Front Monitor, Glove Box Lamp, 10A CONNECTOR) Data Link Connector, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, RF Receiver, Overhead Console Lamp, Clock AUDIO (POWER 15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit CONNECTOR)

7 54 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:51 PM Page 55

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component BCM, Clock, Front Monitor, Smart Key Module, PDM, Audio, Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP, CLOCK 10A JBL AMP, Overhead Console Lamp, Rear Camera Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit SPARE 10A -

A/CON 7.5A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Blower Relay), A/C Control Module

S/HEATER RR 20A Rear Seat Warmer Switch LH/RH SUN ROOF 20A Sunroof Motor POWER OUTLET 1 15A Front Power Outlet #1 MODULE 2 7.5A BCM, Rear Camera Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Sunroof Motor WIPER 25A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Wiper Relay), Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch(Wiper) MODULE 5 7.5A PDM DR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay POWER OUTLET 1 15A Front Power Outlet #2 Instrument Cluster(ON/START Input), Clock, Sport Mode Switch IND., Audio, MODULE 1 7.5A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, BCM IG 1 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Fuse - ESC 3 10A, ECU 4 10A, B/UP LP 10A, TCU 2 10A) SPARE 20A - A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Telltale Lamp, Passenger Weight Classification Sensor W/O Smart Key-Ignition Lock Switch, Burglar Alarm Relay, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Start 1 Relay) START 1 7.5A With Smart Key-PDM MDPS 10A Yaw Rate Sensor, ESP Off Switch, EPS Control Module PDM 3 7.5A PDM, Smart Key Module SPARE 10A - A/BAG IND. 7.5A Instrument Cluster(IND.)

755 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:51 PM Page 56

Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component I/P Junction Box (Fuse - SUNROOF 20A, DR LCOK 20A, IPS 1 /IPS 4 /IPS 6 /IPS 7 /IPS B+ 2 60A 9, Power Connector - ROOM LP 10A) I/P Junction Box (Fuse - P/WDW ASST 20A, P/WDW LH 25A, P/WDW RH 25A , TRUNK B+ 3 60A 10A, S/HEATER FRT 15A, PDM 25A, MODULE 3 7.5A, SAFETY POWER WINDOW 25A, Power Connector - AUDIO 15A, Power Window Relay) IGN 1 40A W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch, With Smart Key - ACC Relay, IG1 Relay MULTI FUSE ESC 1 40A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector RR HTD 40A RR HTD Relay BLOWER 40A Blower Relay I/P Junction Box (Fuse - P/SEAT DRIV 30A, AMP 30A, PDM 2 7.5A, IPS 2 /IPS 3 /IPS 5 B+ 4 60A /IPS 8) MDPS 80A EPS Control Module A/CON 10A A/C Control Module (Auto) B/UP LP 10A Back-up Lamp Switch (M/T), B/UP LP Relay (A/T) ESC 3 10A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector TCU 2 10A Vehicle Speed Sensor (M/T), Transaxle Range Switch (A/T), Start2 Relay ECU 4 10A Stop Lamp Switch, PCM IGN 2 30A W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch, Start1 Relay, With Smart Key - Start 1 Relay, IG 2 Relay FUSE EMS 40A EMS Box (Fuse - HORN 15A, ECU 3 10A, ECU 1 30A, F/PUMP 20A) ESC 2 30A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector WIPER 10A PCM RR HTD IND 10A A/C Control Module AMS 15A Battery Sensor TCU 1 20A PCM

7 56 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:51 PM Page 57

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component AMS 15A Battery Sensor TCU 1 20A PCM STOP LP 15A Stop Lamp Switch DEICER 20A Deicer Relay SPARE 20A - C/FAN 40A C/Fan Low Relay, C/Fan High Relay IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1 /#2 /#3 /#4, Condenser SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down) Immobilizer Module, Camshaft Position Sensor #1 /#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, SENSOR 2 15A Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Crankshaft Position Sensor, Oil Control Valve #1 /#2, FUSE Canister Close Valve INJECTOR 15A F/Pump Relay F/PUMP 20A F/Pump Relay ECU 3 10A PCM HORN 15A Horn Relay, B/Horn Relay ECU 1 30A ECU Relay SPARE 25A - SPARE 20A - SPARE 15A - SPARE 10A -

757 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:51 PM Page 58

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS ✽ NOTICE WARNING - Working on CAUTION After heavy, driving rain or washing, the lights If you don’t have necessary tools, headlight and taillight lenses could Prior to working on the light, firmly the correct bulbs and the expertise, appear frosty. This condition is caused by apply the parking brake, ensure consult an authorized HYUNDAI the temperature difference between the that the ignition switch is turned to dealer. In many cases, it is difficult lamp inside and outside. This is similar the LOCK position and turn off the to replace vehicle light bulbs to the condensation on your windows lights to avoid sudden movement because other parts of the vehicle inside your vehicle during the rain and of the vehicle and burning your fin- must be removed before you can doesn’t indicate a problem with your gers or receiving an electric shock. get to the bulb. This is especially vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp true if you have to remove the head- bulb circuitry, have the vehicle checked light assembly to get to the bulb(s). by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Use only bulbs of the specified wattage. Removing/installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle. CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system.

7 58 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:52 PM Page 59

Maintenance

(Continued) • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. • Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.

OYF079027 OHD076046 Headlight, position light, turn sig- Headlight bulb nal light, side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement WARNING - Halogen bulbs (1) Headlight (High) • Halogen bulbs contain pressur- (2) Headlight (Low) ized gas that will produce flying (3) Front turn signal light / Position light pieces of glass if broken. (4) Front fog light (if equipped) • Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight. (Continued)

759 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:52 PM Page 60

Maintenance

✽ NOTICE If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

G220102ABH-EU Front turn signal, position, side marker and fog light bulbs (if equipped) If the light bulb is not operating, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OYF079045 OYF079041 1. Open the hood. Side repeater light bulb replace- 2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by ment (if equipped) turning it counterclockwise. If the light bulb is not operating, have the 3. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket- vehicle checked by an authorized connector. HYUNDAI dealer. 4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and pushing it upward. 5. Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly. 6. Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb. 7. Connect the headlight bulb socket- connector. 8. Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise.

7 60 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/26/2009 10:55 AM Page 61

Maintenance

3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into OYF079042N the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. OYF079035 6. Install the socket in the assembly by Rear combination light bulb aligning the tabs on the socket with the replacement slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket (1) Back-up light clockwise. (2) Tail light 7. Install the service cover by putting it (3) Rear turn signal light into the service hole. (4) Stop and tail light (5) Side marker Back-up light OYF079043 If the light is not operating, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI Rear turn signal, stop and tail light, dealer. side marker 1. Open the trunk lid. 2. Remove the service cover by pulling out the service cover.

761 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:53 PM Page 62

Maintenance

OYF079036 OYF079037L High mounted stop light License plate light bulb replace- replacement ment If the light is not operating, have the vehi- 1. Loosen the retaining screws with a cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI philips head screwdriver. dealer. 2. Remove the soket by turning it connterclockwise. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 4. Install a new bulb. 5. Reinstall the bulb assembly securely with the retaining screws.

7 62 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 63

Maintenance

Map lamp Luggage lamp (if equipped) Interior light bulb replacement 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

WARNING Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric Room lamp Sunvisor lamp shock.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place.

CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

OYF079038/OYF079039 OYF079040/OTD079035

763 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 64

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- Exterior general caution oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and CAUTION caution statements that appear on the • Do not use strong soap, chemical label. detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct Finish maintenance sunlight or when the body of the Washing vehicle is warm. To help protect your vehicle’s finish from • Be careful when washing the side rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly windows of your vehicle. OJB037800 and frequently at least once a month with Especially, with high-pressure lukewarm or cold water. water, water may leak through the If you use your vehicle for off-road driv- windows and wet the interior. CAUTION ing, you should wash it after each off- • To prevent damage to the plastic • Water washing in the engine com- road trip. Pay special attention to the parts, do not clean with chemical partment including high pressure removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, solvents or strong detergents. water washing may cause the fail- mud, and other foreign materials. Make ure of electrical circuits or engine sure the drain holes in the lower edges of and related components located the doors and rocker panels are kept in the engine compartment. clear and clean. WARNING - Wet brakes • Never allow water or other liquids Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, After washing the vehicle, test the to come in contact with electri- industrial pollution and similar deposits brakes while driving slowly to see if cal/electronic components and can damage your vehicle’s finish if not they have been affected by water. If air duct inside the vehicle as this removed immediately. braking performance is impaired, may damage them. dry the brakes by applying them Even prompt washing with plain water lightly while maintaining a slow for- may not completely remove all these ward speed. deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, may be used.

7 64 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 65

Maintenance

Waxing Finish damage repair Underbody maintenance Wax the vehicle when water will no Deep scratches or stone chips in the Corrosive materials used for ice and longer bead on the paint. painted surface must be repaired snow removal and dust control may col- Always wash and dry the vehicle before promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust lect on the underbody. If these materials waxing. Use a good quality liquid or and may develop into a major repair are not removed, accelerated rusting can paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s expense. occur on underbody parts such as the instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust it and to maintain its luster. ✽ NOTICE system, even though they have been treated with rust protection. Removing oil, tar, and similar materials If your vehicle is damaged and requires with a spot remover will usually strip the any metal repair or replacement, be sure Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax the body shop applies anti-corrosion and wheel openings with lukewarm or these areas even if the rest of the vehicle materials to the parts repaired or cold water once a month, after off-road does not yet need waxing. replaced. driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It Bright-metal maintenance CAUTION will do more harm than good to wet down • Wiping dust or dirt off the body • To remove road tar and insects, use a the road grime without removing it. The with a dry cloth will scratch the tar remover, not a scraper or other lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and finish. sharp object. frame members have drain holes that • Do not use steel wool, abrasive • To protect the surfaces of bright-metal should not be allowed to clog with dirt; cleaners, or strong detergents parts from corrosion, apply a coating of trapped water in these areas can cause containing highly alkaline or wax or chrome preservative and rub to rusting. caustic agents on chrome-plated a high luster. or anodized aluminum parts. This • During winter weather or in coastal may result in damage to the pro- areas, cover the bright metal parts with tective coating and cause discol- a heavier coating of wax or preserva- oration or paint deterioration. tive. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.

765 allowed to accumulate underneath to accumulate the allowed car. or minor abrasion gravel, stones, by unpro- and dents which leave scrapes to corrosion. tected metal exposed

Corrosion protection Corrosion yourProtecting corrosion vehicle from design and By using the most advanced construction to combat corro- practices produce cars of the highest sion, we quality. this is only part of the However, job. the long-term corrosion achieve To the can deliver, vehicle resistance your and assistance is cooperation owner's also required. Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion car are: on your • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is • coatings of paint or protective Removal ishing compound, solvent, or wire ishing compound, solvent, brushes wheels. on aluminum They or damage the finish. scratch may gent, and rinse thoroughly with water. be sure to clean the wheels after Also, driving on salted roads. This helps pre- corrosion. vent brushes. speed car wash acid or detergents. damage It may wheels and corrode the aluminum finish. coated with a clear protective

Aluminum wheel maintenance Aluminum wheels are coated with a The aluminum finish. clear protective • pol- cleaner, abrasive Do not use any • deter- Use only a mild soap or neutral • the wheels with high- washing Avoid • cleaners containing Do not use any WARNING After washing the vehicle, test the to see if brakes while driving slowly water. by been affected have they If is impaired, braking performance them applying dry the brakes by for- while maintaining a slow lightly speed. ward Maintenance 766 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 66 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 67

Maintenance

High-corrosion areas Moisture breeds corrosion To help prevent corrosion If you live in an area where your car is Moisture creates the conditions in which You can help prevent corrosion from get- regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion is most likely to occur. For ting started by observing the following: corrosion protection is particularly impor- example, corrosion is accelerated by tant. Some of the common causes of high humidity, particularly when tempera- Keep your car clean accelerated corrosion are road salts, tures are just above freezing. In such The best way to prevent corrosion is to dust control chemicals, ocean air and conditions, the corrosive material is kept keep your car clean and free of corrosive industrial pollution. in contact with the car surfaces by mois- materials. Attention to the underside of ture that is slow to evaporate. the car is particularly important. Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud • If you live in a high-corrosion area — appears to be dry, it can still retain the where road salts are used, near the moisture and promote corrosion. ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra High temperatures can also accelerate care to prevent corrosion. In winter, corrosion of parts that are not properly hose off the underside of your car at ventilated so the moisture can be dis- least once a month and be sure to persed. For all these reasons, it is par- clean the underside thoroughly when ticularly important to keep your car clean winter is over. and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the car.

7 67 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 68

Maintenance

• When cleaning underneath the car, Keep paint and trim in good condition Interior care give particular attention to the compo- Scratches or chips in the finish should be Interior general precautions nents under the fenders and other covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as Prevent caustic solutions such as per- areas that are hidden from view. Do a possible to reduce the possibility of cor- fume and cosmetic oil from contacting thorough job; just dampening the accu- rosion. If bare metal is showing through, the dashboard because they may cause mulated mud rather than washing it the attention of a qualified body and paint damage or discoloration. If they do con- away will accelerate corrosion rather shop is recommended. tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme- than prevent it. Water under high pres- diately. See the instructions that follow for sure and steam are particularly effec- Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high- the proper way to clean vinyl. tive in removing accumulated mud and ly corrosive and may damage painted corrosive materials. surfaces in just a few hours. Always • When cleaning lower door panels, remove bird droppings as soon as possi- CAUTION rocker panels and frame members, be ble. • Never allow water or other liquids sure that drain holes are kept open so to come in contact with electri- that moisture can escape and not be cal/electronic components inside trapped inside to accelerate corrosion. Don't neglect the interior the vehicle as this may damage Moisture can collect under the floor mats them. and carpeting to cause corrosion. Check Keep your garage dry • When cleaning leather products under the mats periodically to be sure (steering wheel, seats etc.), use Don't park your car in a damp, poorly the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if ventilated garage. This creates a favor- neutral detergents or low alcohol you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or content solutions. If you use high able environment for corrosion. This is chemicals in the car. particularly true if you wash your car in alcohol content solutions or These should be carried only in proper acid/alkaline detergents, the color the garage or drive it into the garage containers and any spills or leaks should when it is still wet or covered with snow, of the leather may fade or the sur- be cleaned up, flushed with clean water face may get stripped off. ice or mud. Even a heated garage can and thoroughly dried. contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.

768 69 7 Maintenance CAUTION

Do not scrape or scratch the inside Do not scrape or scratch of the rear window. result This may in damage to the rear window grid. defroster

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing mild with any Clean the belt webbing cleaning soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpet. the instruc- Follow with the soap.tions provided Do not because the webbing or re-dye bleach it. weaken this may glass Cleaning the interior window of the vehi- If the interior glass surfaces with covered (that is, cle become fogged should film), they or waxy greasy an oily, be cleaned with glass cleaner. the Follow directions on the glass cleaner container. CAUTION

Using anything but recommended but Using anything affect may and procedures cleaners appearance and fire- the fabric’s resistant properties.

Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl dust and loose dirt Remove from vinyl cleaner. with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. with a vinyl surfaces Clean vinyl Fabric dust and loose dirt Remove from fabric cleaner. with a whisk broom or vacuum Clean with a mild soap solution recom- upholstery mended for or carpets. fresh spots immediately with a Remove spot cleaner.fabric If fresh spots do not immediate attention, the fabric receive can be stained and its color affected. its fire-resistant properties Also, can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained. YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 69 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 70

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system warranty. Please see the warranty infor- Stability Control (ESC) system) The positive crankcase ventilation sys- mation contained in the Owner’s • To prevent the vehicle from misfir- tem is employed to prevent air pollution Handbook & Warranty Information book- ing during dynamometer testing, caused by blow-by gases being emitted let in your vehicle. turn the Electronic Stability Control from the crankcase. This system supplies Your vehicle is equipped with an emis- (ESC) system off by pressing the fresh filtered air to the crankcase through sion control system to meet all applicable ESC switch. the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is com- the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, There are three emission control sys- pleted, turn the ESC system back on which then pass through the PCV valve tems, as follows. by pressing the ESC switch again. into the induction system.

(1) Crankcase emission control system 2. Evaporative emission control (2) Evaporative emission control system (including ORVR: Onboard (3) Exhaust emission control system Refueling Vapor Recovery) system In order to assure the proper function of The Evaporative Emission Control the emission control systems, it is rec- System is designed to prevent fuel ommended that you have your car vapors from escaping into the atmos- inspected and maintained by an author- phere. ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with (The ORVR system is designed to allow the maintenance schedule in this manu- the vapors from the fuel tank to be al. loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

770 71 7 Maintenance Exhaust - WARNING CALIFORNIA PROPOSI- WARNING TION 65 Engine exhaust gases contain car- Engine exhaust (CO).bon monoxide Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. the instructions on this Follow CO poisoning. page to avoid Engine exhaust and a wide variety Engine exhaust of automobile components and parts, components found including in the interior furnishings a vehicle, contain or emit chemicals to to the State of California known cause cancer and birth and defects harm.reproductive In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certainof component products wear contain or emit chemicals to to the State of California known cause cancer and birth or defects harm. other reproductive system other exhaust fumes.other exhaust if you Therefore, kind inside fumes of any smell exhaust it inspected and have vehicle, your repaired immediately. sus- ever If you fumes are coming into pect exhaust it only with all the drive vehicle, your fully open.windows vehicle your Have and repaired immediately. checked

3. Exhaust emission control The Exhaust Emission Control System is system which controls a highly effective emissions while maintaining exhaust performance. good vehicle G270301AUN modifications Vehicle should not be modified. This vehicle could affect vehicle Modification of your and or durability safety its performance, safety violate governmental even may and emissions regulations. In addition, damage or performance modification resulting from any problems under warranty. not be covered may gas precautions (car- Engine exhaust bon monoxide) • can be present with Carbon monoxide

Canister inside the fuel generated Fuel vapors tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is absorbed in the running, the fuel vapors into the surge tank canister are drawn through the purge control solenoid valve. G270202AUN (PCSV) Valve Solenoid Control Purge is con- The purge control solenoid valve the Engine Control Module trolled by (ECM); when the engine coolant temper- during ature is low idling, the PCSV clos- fuel is not taken es so that evaporated into the engine. After the engine warms- up during ordinary driving, the PCSV fuel to the opens to introduce evaporated engine. YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 71 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 72

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in confined Operating precautions for catalytic • Do not misuse or abuse the engine. or closed areas (such as garages) any converters (if equipped) Examples of misuse are coasting with more than what is necessary to move the ignition off and descending steep the vehicle in or out of the area. grades in gear with the ignition off. - Fire • When the vehicle is stopped in an WARNING • Do not operate the engine at high idle open area for more than a short time A hot exhaust system can ignite speed for extended periods (5 minutes with the engine running, adjust the flammable items under your vehi- or more). cle. Do not park, idle, or drive the ventilation system (as needed) to draw • Do not modify or tamper with any part vehicle over or near flammable outside air into the vehicle. of the engine or emission control sys- objects, such as grass, vegetation, • Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi- tem. All inspections and adjustments paper, leaves, etc. cle for any extended time with the must be made by an authorized engine running. HYUNDAI dealer. • When the engine stalls or fails to start, Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic • Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel excessive attempts to restart the converter emission control device. level. Running out of fuel could cause engine may cause damage to the Therefore, the following precautions the engine to misfire, damaging the emission control system. must be observed: catalytic converter. • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso- Failure to observe these precautions line engines. could result in damage to the catalytic • Do not operate the vehicle when there converter and to your vehicle. are signs of engine malfunction, such Additionally, such actions could void your as misfire or a noticeable loss of per- warranties. formance.

772 YF HMA 7.QXP 11/25/2009 1:54 PM Page 73

Maintenance

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz- ardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

7 73 YF HMA 8.QXP 12/24/2009 5:23 PM Page 1

Dimensions / 8-2 Bulb wattage / 8-2 Tires and wheels / 8-3 Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4 Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6 Vehicle certification label / 8-6 Tire specification and pressure label / 8-7 Engine number / 8-7 Consumer information / 8-8 Reporting safety defects / 8-9 Binding arbitration / 8-9

Specifications, Consumer information, 8 Reporting safety defects YF HMA 8.QXP 12/24/2009 5:23 PM Page 2

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE

Item in (mm) Light Bulb Wattage Overall length 189.8 (4820) Headlights (Low) 55 Overall width 72.2 (1835) Headlights (High) 55 Overall height 57.9 (1470) Front turn signal lights 28 Front tread 62.9 (1597)*1 / 62.6 (1591)*2 / 62.5 (1587)*3 Position lights 8 Side repeater lights 5 Rear tread 62.9 (1597)*1 / 62.6 (1591)*2 / 62.5 (1587)*3 Front side marker lights 5 Wheelbase 110.0 (2795) Front fog lights* 37 *1 : with R16 tire Stop and tail lights 28/8 *2 : with R17 tire Tail light* 5 3 * : with R18 tire Rear turn signal lights 27 Back-up lights 16 High mounted stop light LED License plate lights 5 Map lamps 8 Room lamps 10 or 6 Luggage lamp* 5 Glove box lamp 5 Vanity mirror lamps 5

* : If equipped

8 2 YF HMA 8.QXP 12/24/2009 5:23 PM Page 3

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure Tire kPa (psi) Wheel lug nut torque Item Wheel size size Normal load *1 Maximum load lb•ft (kg•m, N•m) Front Rear Front Rear P205/65R16 94H 6.5J×16 225 (33) 225 (33) 225 (33) 225 (33) Full size tire P215/55R17 93V 6.5J×17 225 (33) 225 (33) 225 (33) 225 (33) 65~79 225/45R18 95V 7.5J×18 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) (9~11, 88~107) Compact 420 420 420 420 T125/80D16 97H 4.0T×16 spare tire (60) (60) (60) (60)

* Normal load : Up to 3 persons

83 YF HMA 8.QXP 12/24/2009 5:23 PM Page 4

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) Recommends API Service SM*3, 4.86 US qt. (4.6 l) ILSAC GF-4 or above

Manual transaxle fluid 1.90 US qt. (1.8 l) API GL-4, SAE 75W/85 MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV or other Automatic transaxle fluid 7.50 US qt. (7.1 l) brands meeting the above specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co., Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol base Coolant 6.97 US qt. (6.6 l) coolant for aluminum radiator) 0.7~0.8 US qt. Brake/clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 (0.7~0.8 l)

Fuel 18.49 US gal. (70 l) Unleaded gasoline

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

8 4 YF HMA 8.QXP 12/24/2009 5:23 PM Page 5

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an When choosing an oil, consider the range number effect on fuel economy and cold weather of temperature your vehicle will be oper- operating (engine start and engine oil ated in before the next oil change. CAUTION flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils Proceed to select the recommended oil can provide better fuel economy and cold viscosity from the chart. Always be sure to clean the area weather performance, however, higher around any filler plug, drain plug, or viscosity engine oils are required for sat- dipstick before checking or drain- isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using ing any lubricant. This is especially oils of any viscosity other than those rec- important in dusty or sandy areas ommended could result in engine dam- and when the vehicle is used on age. unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers and grit from entering the engine °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 and other mechanisms that could Temperature be damaged. (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 10W-30 Engine Oil *1 5W-20, 5W-30

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W- 20 (API Service SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

85 YF HMA 8.QXP 12/24/2009 5:23 PM Page 6

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE CERTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) LABEL Frame number (if equipped) VIN label

OYF089004N OBH088005N OYF089005 The vehicle identification number (VIN) is The VIN is also on a plate attached to the The vehicle certification label attached the number used in registering your car top of the dashboard. The number on the on the driver’s side center pillar contains and in all legal matters pertaining to its plate can easily be seen through the the vehicle identification number (VIN). ownership, etc. windshield from outside. The number is punched on the engine compartment bulkhead.

8 6 YF HMA 8.QXP 12/24/2009 5:23 PM Page 7

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL

OYF089003N OYF089002 The engine number is stamped on the The tires supplied on your new vehicle engine block as shown in the drawing. are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.

87 YF HMA 8.QXP 12/24/2009 5:23 PM Page 8

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

CONSUMER INFORMATION This consumer information has been pre- Eastern Region: Connecticut, Delaware, Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa, pared in accordance with regulations Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, issued by the National Highway Traffic New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Safety Administration of the U.S. Rhode Island, Vermont. Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri. Department of Transportation. Your Hyundai dealer will help answer any Eastern Region Central Region questions you may have as you read this 1100 Cranbury South River Road 1705 Sequoia Drive information. Jamesburg, NJ 08831 Aurora, Illinois 60506 (800) 633-5151 (800) 633-5151 Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards. Southern Region: Florida, Georgia, Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii, North Carolina, South Carolina. Arizona, Colorado, ldaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington, For your safety, however, we strongly Wyoming. urge you to read and follow all directions Southern Region in this Owner's Manual, particularly the 270 Riverside Parkway, Suite A information under the headings Austell, GA 30168 Western Region "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARN- (800) 633-5151 10550 Talbert Avenue ING". P.O.Box 20850 South Central Region: Alabama, Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850 If, after reading this manual, you have Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, (800) 633-5151 any questions regarding the operation of Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, your vehicle, please contact your nearest Tennessee, Texas. California Region: California Hyundai Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following: South Central Region California Region 1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400 10550 Talbert Avenue Coppell, TX 75019 P.O. Box 20850 (800) 633-5151 Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850 (800) 633-5151

8 8 YF HMA 8.QXP 12/24/2009 5:23 PM Page 9

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS BINDING ARBITRATION (U.S.A ONLY) If you believe that your vehicle has a Any claim or dispute you may have relat- This Binding Arbitration Agreement shall defect which could cause a crash or ed to your vehicle's warranty or the duties be governed by and interpreted under could cause injury or death, you should contemplated under the warranty, includ- the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. sec- immediately inform the National Highway ing claims related to the refund or partial tions 1-16. Judgment upon any award Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in refund of your vehicle's purchase price may be entered in any court having juris- addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR (excluding personal injury or product lia- diction. AMERICA. If NHTSA receives similar bility claims), shall be resolved by binding You may revoke this Arbitration complaints, it may open an investigation, arbitration. Binding arbitration shall be Agreement by (1) written notice or (2) and if it finds that a safety defect exists in administered by and through the American electronic notice. Written notice must be a group of vehicles, it may order a recall Arbitration Association (AAA). delivered (via certified mail) to Hyundai and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA You will not be responsible for paying fil- Motor America, Attn: Consumer Affairs, cannot become involved in individual ing and hearing fees above $275.00. All 10550 Talbert Avenue, P.O. Box 20849, problems between you, your dealer, or other arbitration costs shall be borne by Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0849. HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA. Hyundai Motor America. You are not Electronic notice must be submitted at To contact NHTSA, you may call the responsible to pay any of the costs the following website address: http://war- Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- Hyundai incurs. ranty-arbitration.hyundaiUSA.com. 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to This Binding Arbitration Agreement shall Notice must be received within 90 days http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: not deprive you of any remedies avail- after you purchase your vehicle. Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey able to you under applicable law. The Avenue, SE West Building Washington, parties are waiving their right to seek DC 20590. You can also obtain other remedies in court, including the right to a information about motor vehicle safety jury trial. from http://www.safercar.gov.

89 YF HMA INDEX.QXP 1/13/2010 2:11 PM Page 1

Index I YF HMA INDEX.QXP 1/13/2010 2:11 PM Page 2

Index

Automatic transaxle·······················································5-14 A Ignition key interlock system····································5-19 Air bags··········································································3-37 Paddle shifter·····························································5-17 Air bag warning label················································3-63 Shift lock system·······················································5-18 Air bag warning light ················································3-40 Sports mode·······························································5-17 Curtain air bag···························································3-54 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ·······················3-49 B Occupant classification system ·································3-44 Side impact air bag····················································3-53 Battery············································································7-33 SRS components and functions ································3-40 Battery saver function····················································4-68 Air cleaner ·····································································7-28 Before driving··································································5-3 Alarm system·································································4-14 Binding arbitration···························································8-9 Antenna (glass) ····························································4-104 Bottle holders, see cup holders····································4-100 Anti-lock brake system ······································(ABS) 5-24 Brake system··································································5-21 Appearance care·····························································7-64 Anti-lock brake system (ABS)··································5-24 Exterior care······························································7-64 Electronic stability control (ESC)·····························5-26 Interior care ·······························································7-68 Parking brake ····························································5-22 Armrest ··········································································3-13 Power brakes ·····························································5-21 Audio system ·······························································4-104 Brakes/clutch fluid·························································7-25 Glass antenna ··························································4-104 Bulb replacement···························································7-58 Steering wheel audio control···································4-104 Bulb wattage ····································································8-2 Automatic climate control system·································4-88 Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button·················5-7 Air conditioning ························································4-94 Automatic heating and air conditioning····················4-89 Manual heating and air conditioning ························4-90

I 2 YF HMA INDEX.QXP 1/13/2010 2:11 PM Page 3

Index

Climate control air filter ················································4-89 C Climate control air filter ················································7-29 California perchlorate notice ·········································7-73 Clock (Digital)·····························································4-102 Capacities (Lubricants)····················································8-4 Clothes hanger ·····························································4-102 Care Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ···············4-46 Exterior care······························································7-64 Compact spare tire·························································6-18 Interior care ·······························································7-68 Compact spare tire replacement ····································7-41 Tire care·····································································7-36 Compass mirror, see the Electric chromic mirror (ECM) Cargo weight··································································5-50 with homeLink system and compass ························4-37 Center console storage···················································4-98 Consumer information·····················································8-8 Central door lock switch················································4-19 Coolant···········································································7-23 Certification label···················································5-48, 8-6 Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ··································7-23 Changing tires································································6-13 Crankcase emission control system·······························7-70 Chains Cruise control system ····················································5-31 Tire chains ·································································5-42 Cup holder ···································································4-100 Checking tire inflation pressure·····································7-37 Curtain air bag ·······························································3-54 Child restraint system ····················································3-29 Passenger seat belt ····················································3-31 D Tether anchor system·················································3-33 Lower anchor system ················································3-35 Dashboard, see instrument cluster·································4-46 Child-protector rear door lock ·······································4-21 Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel Climate control system (Automatic) ·····························4-91 illumination ·······························································4-47 Air conditioning ························································4-94 Daytime running light····················································4-69 Automatic heating and air conditioning····················4-89 Defogging (Windshield) ················································4-95 Manual heating and air conditioning ························4-90 Defogging logic (Windshield) ·······································4-97 Climate control system (Manual) ··································4-79 Defroster (Rear window)···············································4-78 Air conditioning ························································4-85 Defrosting (Windshield) ················································4-95 Climate control air filter············································4-87 Digital clock·································································4-102 Heating and air conditioning·····································4-80 Dimensions ······································································8-2

I 3 YF HMA INDEX.QXP 1/13/2010 2:11 PM Page 4

Index

Displays, see instrument cluster ····································4-46 Emission control system················································7-70 Display illumination, see instrument panel Crankcase emission control system ··························7-70 illumination ·······························································4-47 Evaporative emission control System·······················7-70 Door locks······································································4-18 Exhaust emission control system ······························7-71 Central door lock switch ···········································4-19 Engine compartment ················································2-4, 7-2 Child-protector rear door lock ··································4-21 Engine coolant ·······························································7-23 Drink holders, see cup holders ····································4-100 Engine number·································································8-7 Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking Engine oil·······································································7-21 retractor ·····································································3-19 Engine overheats······························································6-6 Driver's air bag·······························································3-49 Engine start/stop button···················································5-7 Driving at night······························································5-38 Engine temperature gauge ·············································4-48 Driving in flooded areas ················································5-39 Engine will not start·························································6-3 Driving in the rain ·························································5-39 Evaporative emission control System ···························7-70 Exhaust emission control system···································7-71 E Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···············7-18 Exterior care···································································7-64 Economical operation ····················································5-35 EDR, see Vehicle data collection and event data recorders······································································1-6 F Electronic stability control (ESC) ·································5-26 Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink system Flat tire···········································································6-12 and compass ······························································4-37 Changing tires ···························································6-13 Electric power steering ··················································4-35 Compact spare tire ····················································6-18 Emergency starting ··························································6-4 Jack and tools····························································6-12 Jump starting ·······························································6-4 Removing and storing the spare tire ·························6-13 Push starting································································6-5 Floor mat anchor(s) ·····················································4-103 Emergency while driving·················································6-2 Fluid Washer fluid ······························································7-26 Brakes/clutch fluid ····················································7-25

I 4 YF HMA INDEX.QXP 1/13/2010 2:11 PM Page 5

Index

Folding the rear seat ······················································3-14 Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with H combination locking retractor ···································3-21 Hazard warning flasher··················································4-68 Front seat adjustment - manual ·······································3-4 Hazardous driving conditions········································5-37 Front seat adjustment - power ·········································3-5 Headlamp delay ·····························································4-68 Fuel filler lid ··································································4-29 Headlamp welcome function·········································4-68 Fuel gauge······································································4-49 Headlight bulb replacement···········································7-58 Fuel requirements ····························································1-3 Headrest··································································3-7, 3-11 Fuses ··············································································7-49 Highway driving ····························································5-40 Fuse/relay panel description······································7-53 Homelink mirror, see the Electric chromic mirror (ECM) Instrument panel fuse ················································7-50 with homeLink system and compass ························4-37 Multi fuse ··································································7-52 Hood···············································································4-28 Memory fuse ·····························································7-51 Horn ···············································································4-36 How to use this manual ···················································1-2 G I Gauge Engine temperature gauge·········································4-48 Ignition key interlock system ········································5-19 Fuel gauge ·································································4-49 Immobilizer system ·························································4-5 Glassroof, see sunroof ···················································4-32 Indicators and warnings·················································4-55 Glass antenna·······························································4-104 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ···················1-7 Glove box·······································································4-98 Inside rearview mirror ···················································4-37

I 5 YF HMA INDEX.QXP 1/13/2010 2:11 PM Page 6

Index

Instrument cluster ··························································4-46 Engine temperature gauge·········································4-48 J Fuel gauge ·································································4-49 Jack and tools·································································6-12 Instrument panel illumination ···································4-47 Jump starting····································································6-4 Odometer···································································4-50 Speedometer······························································4-47 K Tachometer ································································4-47 Trip computer····························································4-49 Key positions ···································································5-5 Vehicle setting···························································4-53 Keys ·················································································4-3 Warning and indicators ·············································4-55 Instrument panel illumination········································4-47 L Instrument panel overview ··············································2-3 Interior care····································································7-68 Label Interior features····························································4-100 Air bag warning label················································3-63 Clothes hanger·························································4-102 Tire sidewall labeling················································7-42 Cup holder·······························································4-100 Tire specification and pressure label···························8-7 Digital clock····························································4-102 Vehicle certification label··································5-48, 8-6 Aux, USB and iPod·················································4-103 Latch system, see lower anchor system ························3-35 Floor mat anchor(s)·················································4-103 Light bulbs·····································································7-58 Power outlet ····························································4-101 Lighting··········································································4-68 Sunvisor···································································4-100 Battery saver function ···············································4-68 Interior light···································································4-75 Daytime running light ···············································4-69 Interior overview ·····························································2-2 Headlamp delay·························································4-68 Interlock system·····························································5-19 Headlamp welcome function ····································4-68 Lower anchor system·····················································3-35 Lubricants and capacities·················································8-4 Lumbar support································································3-7

I 6 YF HMA INDEX.QXP 1/13/2010 2:11 PM Page 7

Index

M N Maintenance Neck restraints, see headrest ··································3-7, 3-11 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items···········7-18 Maintenance services ··················································7-3 O Maintenance under severe usage conditions·············7-17 Normal maintenance schedule ····································7-7 Occupant classification system······································3-44 Owner maintenance·····················································7-4 Odometer ·······································································4-50 Scheduled maintenance service ··································7-6 Oil (Engine) ···································································7-21 Tire maintenance ·······················································7-41 Outside rearview mirror·················································4-44 Maintenance services·······················································7-3 Overheats ·········································································6-6 Manual climate control system······································4-79 Owner maintenance ·························································7-4 Air conditioning ························································4-84 Climate control air filter············································4-87 P Heating and air conditioning·····································4-80 Manual transaxle····························································5-11 Paddle shifter ·································································5-17 Memory fuse··································································7-51 Parking brake inspect·····················································7-27 Mirrors ···········································································4-37 Parking brake·································································5-22 Day/night rearview mirror ········································4-37 Passenger's front air bag ················································3-49 Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with Homelink system Power brakes··································································5-21 and compass ····························································4-37 Power outlet·································································4-101 Inside rearview mirror···············································4-37 Power window lock button············································4-27 Outside rearview mirror ············································4-44 Pre-tensioner seat belt····················································3-23 Moonroof, see sunroof···················································4-32 Push starting·····································································6-5 Multi box ·······································································4-99 Multi fuse·······································································7-52

I 7 YF HMA INDEX.QXP 1/13/2010 2:11 PM Page 8

Index

Seats·················································································3-2 R Armrest······································································3-13 Rear seat·········································································3-11 Headrest ·····························································3-7, 3-11 Rearview camera ···························································4-67 Folding the rear seat··················································3-14 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ··················7-36 Front seat adjustment - manual···································3-4 Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-4 Front seat adjustment - power·····································3-5 Recommended SAE viscosity number························8-5 Lumbar support ···························································3-7 Remote keyless entry·····················································4-12 Rear seat ····································································3-11 Replacement light bulb··················································7-58 Seatback pocket·························································3-10 Reporting safety defects ··················································8-9 Seat warmer ·······················································3-9, 3-12 Road warning···································································6-2 Shift lock system ···························································5-18 Rocking the vehicle ·······················································5-37 Side impact air bag ························································3-53 Smart key·········································································4-6 S Smooth cornering···························································5-38 Snow tires ······································································5-41 Scheduled maintenance service·······································7-6 Spare tire Normal maintenance schedule ····································7-7 Compact spare tire ····················································6-18 Maintenance under severe usage conditions·············7-17 Compact spare tire replacement································7-41 Seat belts········································································3-17 Removing and storing the spare tire ·························6-13 Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking Special driving conditions ·············································5-37 retractor ···································································3-19 Driving at night ·························································5-38 Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with Driving in flooded areas············································5-39 combination locking retractor·································3-21 Driving in the rain·····················································5-39 Pre-tensioner seat belt ···············································3-23 Hazardous driving conditions ···································5-37 Seat belt warning·······················································3-18 Highway driving························································5-40 Seat warmer····························································3-9, 3-12 Rocking the vehicle···················································5-37 Seatback pocket ·····························································3-10 Smooth cornering······················································5-38 Speedometer···································································4-47

I 8 YF HMA INDEX.QXP 1/13/2010 2:11 PM Page 9

Index

Sports mode ···································································5-17 Tires and wheels·····················································7-36, 8-3 Starting difficulties, see engine will not start··················6-3 Checking tire inflation pressure ································7-37 Starting the engine····················································5-6, 5-9 Compact spare tire replacement································7-41 Steering wheel································································4-35 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures··············7-36 Horn···········································································4-36 Tire care·····································································7-36 Electric power steering··············································4-35 Tire maintenance ·······················································7-41 Tilt steering ·······························································4-35 Tire replacement························································7-40 Steering wheel audio control ·······································4-104 Tire rotation·······························································7-38 Storage compartment ·····················································4-98 Tire sidewall labeling················································7-42 Center console storage ··············································4-98 Tire traction ·······························································7-41 Glove box··································································4-98 Wheel alignment and tire balance·····························7-39 Multi box···································································4-99 Wheel replacement····················································7-41 Sunglass holder ·························································4-99 Towing ···········································································6-20 Sunglass holder······························································4-99 Trailer towing ································································5-51 Sunroof···········································································4-32 Transaxle Sunvisor ·······································································4-100 Automatic transaxle ··················································5-14 Manual transaxle ·······················································5-11 T Trip computer ································································4-49 Trunk··············································································4-22 Tachometer·····································································4-47 Tether anchor system ·····················································3-33 V Theft-alarm system ························································4-14 Tilt steering····································································4-35 Vehicle break-in process··················································1-5 Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-7 Vehicle certification label·······································5-48, 8-6 Tire chains······································································5-42 Vehicle data collection and event data Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ·······················6-7 recorders (EDR) ··························································1-6 Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-6 Vehicle load limit···························································5-45 Certification label······················································5-48

I 9 YF HMA INDEX.QXP 1/13/2010 2:11 PM Page 10

Index

Vehicle weight ·······························································5-50 Windshield defrosting and defogging····························4-95 Base curb weight·······················································5-50 Defogging logic·························································4-97 Cargo weight ·····························································5-50 Winter driving································································5-41 GAW (Gross axle weight)·········································5-50 Snow tires··································································5-41 GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)····························5-50 Tire chains ·································································5-42 GVW (Gross vehicle weight)····································5-50 Wiper blades ··································································7-31 GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ······················5-50 Wipers and washers ·······················································4-73 Vehicle setting································································4-53 W

Washer fluid···································································7-26 Warnings and indicators ················································4-55 Weight············································································5-50 Base curb weight·······················································5-50 Cargo weight ·····························································5-50 GAW (Gross axle weight)·········································5-50 GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)····························5-50 GVW (Gross vehicle weight)····································5-50 GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ······················5-50 Wheel alignment and tire balance ·································7-39 Wheel replacement ························································7-41 Windows ········································································4-24 Auto down window···················································4-25 Auto up/down window··············································4-26 Power window lock button ·······································4-27

I 10